US20050171136A1 - Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method - Google Patents

Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050171136A1
US20050171136A1 US11/085,347 US8534705A US2005171136A1 US 20050171136 A1 US20050171136 A1 US 20050171136A1 US 8534705 A US8534705 A US 8534705A US 2005171136 A1 US2005171136 A1 US 2005171136A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
disease
alkyl
methyl
aryl
naphthyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/085,347
Inventor
Wayne Vaccaro
Bingwei Yang
Soong-Hoon Kim
Tram Huynh
David Tortolani
Kenneth Leavitt
Wenying Li
Arthur Doweyko
Xiao-Tao Chen
Lidia Doweyko
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US11/085,347 priority Critical patent/US20050171136A1/en
Publication of US20050171136A1 publication Critical patent/US20050171136A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/473Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. acridines, phenanthridines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/16Central respiratory analeptics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/14Decongestants or antiallergics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/75Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82Amides; Imides in position 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/38Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/22Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/16Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/88Nitrogen atoms, e.g. allantoin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/14Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/30Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42One nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/94Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D241/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D241/20Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/12Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/14Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/34Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D263/48Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/44Acylated amino or imino radicals
    • C07D277/46Acylated amino or imino radicals by carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/061,2,3-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-thiadiazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/58One oxygen atom, e.g. butenolide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/44Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D317/46Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D317/48Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
    • C07D317/50Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D317/58Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/34Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/10Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08Bridged systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to new non-steroidal compounds which are glucocorticoid receptor (GR) modulators (that is agonists and antagonists) and thus are useful in treating diseases requiring glucocorticoid receptor agonist or antagonist therapy such as obesity, diabetes and inflammatory or immune associated diseases, and to a method for using such compounds to treat these and related diseases.
  • GR glucocorticoid receptor
  • NHR nuclear hormone receptor
  • the nuclear hormone receptor (NHR) family of transcription factors bind low molecular weight ligands and either stimulate or repress transcription (The Nuclear Receptor Facts Book, V. Laudet and H. Gronemeyer, Academic Press, p 345, 2002).
  • NHRs stimulate transcription by binding to DNA and inducing transcription of specific genes.
  • NHRs may also stimulate transcription by not binding to DNA itself, rather they may modulate the activity of other DNA binding proteins (Stocklin, E., et al., Nature (1996) 383: 726-8).
  • the process of stimulation of transcription is called transactivation.
  • NHRs repress transcription by interacting with other transcription factors or coactivators and inhibiting the ability of these other transcription factors or coactivators from inducing transcription of specific genes. This repression is called transrepression. (for a review see The Nuclear Receptor Factsbook, V. Laudet and H. Gronemeyer, Academic Press, p 42, 2002).
  • the glucocorticoid receptor is a member of the nuclear hormone receptor family of transcription factors, and a member of the steroid hormone family of transcription factors. Affinity labeling of the glucocorticoid receptor protein allowed the production of antibodies against the receptor which facilitated cloning the human (Weinberger, et al. Science 228, p 640-742, 1985, Weinberger, et al. Nature, 318, p 670-672, 1986) and rat (Miesfeld, R. Nature, 312, p 779-781, 1985) glucocorticoid receptors.
  • Glucocorticoids which interact with GR have been used for over 50 years to treat inflammatory diseases. It has been clearly shown that glucocorticoids exert their anti-inflammatory activity via the inhibition by GR of the transcription factors NF-kappaB and AP-1. This inhibition is termed transrepression. It has been shown that the primary mechanism for inhibition of these transcription factors by GR is via a direct physical interaction. This interaction alters the transcription factor complex and inhibits the ability of NF-kappaB and AP-1 to stimulate transcription (Jonat, C., et al. Cell, 62, p 1189, 1990, Yang-Yen, H. F., et al. Cell 62, p 1205, 1990, Diamond, M. I. et al.
  • NF-kappaB and AP-1 are involved in regulating the expression of a number of important inflammatory and immunomodulatory genes including: TNF-alpha, IL-1, IL-2, IL-5, adhesion molecules (such as E-selectin), chemokines (such as Eoxtaxin and Rantes), Cox-2, and others.
  • transactivation requires dimerization of GR and binding to a glucocorticoid response element (GRE).
  • GRE glucocorticoid response element
  • a modulator of an NHR may be useful in treating NHR-associated diseases, that is diseases associated with the expression products of genes whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by NHRs.
  • NHR-associated diseases that is diseases associated with the expression products of genes whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by NHRs.
  • modulators of NHRs that inhibit AP-1 and NF ⁇ B, as such compounds would be useful in the treatment of inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection and graft vs. host disease.
  • glucocorticoids are potent anti-inflammatory agents, their systemic use is limited by side effects.
  • a compound that retained the anti-inflammatory efficacy of glucocorticoids while minimizing the side effects such as diabetes, osteoporosis and glaucoma would be of great benefit to a very large number of patients with inflammatory diseases.
  • Such compounds may be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with increased levels of glucocorticoid, such as diabetes, osteoporosis and glaucoma.
  • Such compounds may be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with a deficiency in glucocorticoid. Such diseases include Addison's disease.
  • compounds having the structure including all stereoisomers thereof, or a prodrug ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • the A ring has the structure and the B ring has the structure wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH 2 , CHR 15 , CR 16 , CR 16 R 17 , N, NH, NR 18 , O or S, and X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH 2 , CHR 19 , CR 20 , CR 20 R 21 , N, NH, NR 22 , O or S, wherein R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 and R 22 are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl, wherein each of said A ring and said B ring contains at most two nitrogen ring atoms, at most two oxygen ring
  • a ring and B ring are each 6-membered rings which are aromatic carbocyclic rings, namely benzo rings, or are heterocyclic rings each of which includes one hetero atom, which is nitrogen, namely pyridyl rings preferably
  • glucocorticoid receptor (GR)/Dexamethasone (Dex) inhibition activity (>95% at 10 ⁇ M) are set out below:
  • Preferred compounds of formula I of the invention which have AP-1 inhibitory activity (IC50 ⁇ 15 ⁇ M) are set out below:
  • R 1 and R 2 are H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably an oxazole which is preferably substituted with an aryl group which preferably is naphthyl such as 4-(1-naphthyl)oxazol-2-yl,
  • R 1 H. (d) R a R b X CH 3 OOC— H H Nitro H H Cyano H H CH 3 OOC— H Methyl Nitro H Methyl Cyano H Methyl H CH 3 OOC— H H Nitro H H H Cyano H H formyl H H CO-(N-morpholine) H H —CH2-NH-Ethyl H H —CH2-(N-morpholine) H H Nitro Methyl H Cyano Methyl H NH2 Methyl H Nitro F H Cyano F H Cl H H Cl F H Cl Methyl H Br F H Br Methyl H CH3 H H CH3 F H CH3 Methyl
  • R 1 and R 2 are heteroaryl, preferably wherein one of R 1 and R 2 is where R m is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, or alkoxy and R o is H or alkyl, and more preferably where one of R 1 and R 2 is
  • R is CH 3 , C 2 H 5 or 2-hydroxyethyl
  • R b is H, CN, NO 2 , halogen, alkyl or amino
  • Still other preferred compounds of the invention have the structure where R is CH 3 , C 2 H 5 or 2-hydroxyethyl, R b is H, CN, NO 2 , halogen, alkyl or amino, and Xc is aryl, quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • the present invention provides a method of preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating endocrine disorders, rheumatic disorders, collagen diseases, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, diabetes, obesity, and neoplastic disease, GR-associated diseases, that is a disease associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by GR or a disease associated with GR transactivation, including inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders as described hereinafter, which includes the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I of the invention to a patient in need of treatment.
  • Another aspect of the present involves a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1-dependent gene expression, that is a disease associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1, such as inflammatory and immune disorders, cancer and tumor disorders, such as solid tumors, lymphomas and leukemia, and fungal infections such as mycosis fungoides.
  • a disease associated with AP-1-dependent gene expression that is a disease associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1, such as inflammatory and immune disorders, cancer and tumor disorders, such as solid tumors, lymphomas and leukemia, and fungal infections such as mycosis fungoides.
  • disease associated with GR transactivation refers to a disease associated with the transcription product of a gene whose transcription is transactivated by a GR.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to: osteoporosis, diabetes, glaucoma, muscle loss, facial swelling, personality changes, hypertension, obesity, depression, and AIDS, the condition of wound healing, primary or secondary andrenocortical insufficiency, and Addison's disease.
  • treat in all grammatical forms, as used herein refers to the prevention, reduction, or amelioration, partial or complete alleviation, or cure of a disease, disorder, or condition.
  • glucocorticoid receptor and “GR,” as used herein, refer either to a member of the nuclear hormone receptor family of transcription factors which bind glucocorticoids and either stimulate or repress transcription, or to GR-beta. These terms, as used herein, refer to glucocorticoid receptor from any source, including but not limited to: human glucocorticoid receptor as disclosed in Weinberger, et al. Science 228, p 640-742, 1985, and in Weinberger, et al. Nature, 318, p 670-672, 1986; rat glucocorticoid receptor as disclosed in Miesfeld, R.
  • disease associated with AP-1-dependent gene expression refers to a disease associated with the expression product of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to: inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders; cancer and tumor disorders, such as solid tumors, lymphomas and leukemia; and fungal infections such as mycosis fungoides.
  • inflammatory or immune associated diseases or disorders is used herein to encompass any condition, disease, or disorder that has an inflammatory or immune component, including, but not limited to, each of the following conditions: transplant rejection (e.g., kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas (e.g., islet cells), bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts (such as employed in burn treatment), heart valve xenografts, serum sickness, and graft vs.
  • transplant rejection e.g., kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas (e.g., islet cells), bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts (such as employed in burn treatment), heart valve xenografts, serum sickness, and graft vs.
  • autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type I and Type II diabetes, juvenile diabetes, obesity, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), pyoderma gangrenum, lupus (systemic lupus erythematosis), myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis; eczema, seborrhoea, pulmonary inflammation, eye uveitis, hepatitis, Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune thyroiditis, Behcet's or Sjorgen's syndrome (dry eyes/mouth), pernicious or immunohaemolytic anaemia, atherosclerosis, Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands), idiopathic adrenal insufficiency, autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular disease
  • Inflammatory or immune associated diseases or disorders also includes, but is not limited to: endocrine disorders, rheumatic disorders, collagen diseases, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, nonsuppurative thyroiditis, hypercalcemia associated with cancer, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Ankylosing spondylitis, acute and subacute bursitis, acute nonspecific tenosynovitis, acute gouty arthritis, post-traumatic osteoarthritis, synovitis of osteoarthritis, epicondylitis, acute rheumatic carditis, pemphigus, bullous dermatitis herpetiformis, severe erythema multiforme, exfoliative dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, seasonal or perennial allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, drug
  • a method of treating a disease associated with AP-1-induced or NF ⁇ B-induced transcription wherein a compound of formula I of the invention is administered to a patient in need of treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to induce NHR transrepression of the AP-1-induced or NF ⁇ B-induced transcription, thereby treating the disease.
  • therapeutic agents such as those described hereafter, may be employed with the compounds of the invention in the present methods.
  • such other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, simultaneously with or following the administration of the compound(s) of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful for the treatment of the aforementioned exemplary disorders irrespective of their etiology, for example, for the treatment of transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, and viral infections.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be synthesized by many methods available to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry.
  • General synthetic schemes, in accordance with the present invention, for preparing compounds of the present invention are described below. These schemes are illustrative and are not meant to limit the possible techniques one skilled in the art may use to prepare the compounds disclosed herein. Different methods to prepare the compounds of the present invention will be evident to those skilled in the art. Additionally, the various steps in the synthesis may be performed in an alternate sequence in order to give the desired compound or compounds. Examples of compounds of the present invention prepared by methods described in the general schemes are given in the preparations and examples section set out hereinafter.
  • Compound IA is constructed by the cycloaddition of a compound of formula 1 with an unsaturated compound of formula 2 neat or in an appropriate solvent such as xylenes or benzene, at temperatures ranging from 50 to 200° C. to form compound 3 (which is a novel intermediate). It is well known that the cycloaddition may be facilitated by the use of a catalysts such diethylaluminium chloride or boron trifluoride diethyl etherate. The cycloaddition may also be carried out at higher pressures as when the reactions are performed in sealed vessels.
  • Compound 3 is reacted with an amine of formula 4 by one of the many methods of amidation well known to those skilled in the art (preferably treatment of 3 in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile with diethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (DEC), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, triethylamine and amine 4) to provide compounds of the invention of structure IA.
  • a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile with diethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (DEC), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, triethylamine and amine
  • the starting compound 1 is known in the art and may be commercially available or prepared employing procedures known in the art.
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention where R is other than H and Z is (that is IA) may be prepared preferably starting with compound 3 where R is H which is treated with a suitable base such as lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dethyl ether and at a temperature ranging from ⁇ 100° C. to 100° C. and with a compound 5 (R x -LG, where LG is a leaving group, such as methyl iodide and R x is R other than H) affords compounds of structure 6.
  • Compound 6 may be subjected to amidation as described in Scheme A to form compounds of the invention IA (where R is other than H).
  • a compound of formula IA of the invention that contains one or more aryloxyalkyl groups located in A, B, Z, R, R a , R b , R c , and R d when treated with dealkylating agent such as boron tribromide, sodium methyl sulfide or other known dealkylating agents provides phenols of formula ID of the invention.
  • a compound of formula IE where R a or R b is a functional group such as CHO, NH 2 , CO 2 H or NO 2 may be further elaborated by various methods well known to those skilled in the art to give compounds of structure IF. A few illustrative examples are shown below.
  • lower alkyl as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes both straight and branched chain hydrocarbons, containing 1 to 20 carbons, preferably 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably 1 to 8 carbons, in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, the various branched chain isomers thereof, and the like as well as such groups including 1 to 4 substituents such as halo, for example F, Br, Cl or I or CF 3 , alkoxy, ary
  • cycloalkyl as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated (containing 1 or 2 double bonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 3 rings, including monocyclicalkyl, bicyclicalkyl and tricyclicalkyl, containing a total of 3 to 20 carbons forming the rings, preferably 3 to 10 carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromatic rings as described for aryl, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyla
  • cycloalkenyl as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to cyclic hydrocarbons containing 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 5 to 10 carbons and 1 or 2 double bonds.
  • exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclohexadienyl, and cycloheptadienyl, which may be optionally substituted as defined for cycloalkyl.
  • cycloalkylene refers to a “cycloalkyl” group which includes free bonds and thus is a linking group such as and the like, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “cycloalkyl”.
  • alkanoyl as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to alkyl linked to a carbonyl group.
  • lower alkenyl or “alkenyl” as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 1 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one to six double bonds in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alky
  • lower alkynyl or “alkynyl” as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one triple bond in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4-decynyl, 3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl,
  • arylalkenyl and arylalkynyl as used alone or as part of another group refer to alkenyl and alkynyl groups as described above having an aryl substituent.
  • alkyl groups as defined above have single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms, they are termed “alkylene” groups and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “alkyl”.
  • alkenyl groups as defined above and alkynyl groups as defined above, respectively, have single bonds for attachment at two different carbon atoms, they are termed “alkenylene groups” and “alkynylene groups”, respectively, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “alkenyl” and “alkynyl”.
  • (CH 2 ) p and (CH 2 ) q includes alkylene, allenyl, alkenylene or alkynylene groups, as defined herein, each of which may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, which may optionally include 1, 2, or 3 substituents which include alkyl, alkenyl, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, thioalkyl, keto, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, alkylcarbonylamino or alkylcarbonyloxy; the alkyl substituent may be an alkylene moiety of 1 to 4 carbons which may be attached to one or two carbons in the (CH 2 ) p or (CH 2 ) q group to form a cycloalkyl group therewith.
  • Examples of (CH 2 ) p , (CH 2 ) q , alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene include
  • halogen or “halo” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine as well as CF 3 , with chlorine or fluorine being preferred.
  • metal ion refers to alkali metal ions such as sodium, potassium or lithium and alkaline earth metal ions such as magnesium and calcium, as well as zinc and aluminum.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include one to three additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl rings for example and may be optionally substituted through available carbon atoms with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from hydrogen, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl,
  • lower alkoxy as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl or aryl groups linked to an oxygen atom.
  • substituted amino refers to amino substituted with one or two substituents, which may be the same or different, such as alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl or thioalkyl. These substituents may be further substituted with a carboxylic acid and/or any of the substituents for alkyl as set out above.
  • amino substituents may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4-thiamorpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-alkyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-arylalkyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-diarylalkyl-1-piperazinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, or 1-azepinyl, optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halo, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy.
  • lower alkylthio alkylthio
  • arylthio aralkylthio
  • aralkylthio as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl or aryl groups linked to a sulfur atom.
  • lower alkylamino as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl groups linked to a nitrogen atom.
  • acyl refers to an organic radical linked to a carbonyl group; examples of acyl groups include any of the R groups attached to a carbonyl, such as alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaroyl, cycloalkanoyl, cycloheteroalkanoyl and the like.
  • cycloheteroalkyl refers to a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring which includes 1 to 2 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur, linked through a carbon atom or a heteroatom, where possible, optionally via the linker (CH 2 ) p (where p is 0, 1, 2 or 3), such as and the like.
  • the above groups may include 1 to 4 substituents such as alkyl, halo, oxo and/or any of of the substituents for alkyl or aryl set out herein.
  • any of the cycloheteroalkyl rings can be fused to a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl ring.
  • heteroaryl refers to a 5-, 6- or 7-membered aromatic ring which includes 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and such rings fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl ring (e.g. benzothiophenyl, indolyl), and includes possible N-oxides, linked through a carbon atom or a heteroatom, where possible, optionally via the linker (CH 2 ) q (where q is 0, 1, 2 or 3).
  • the heteroaryl group may optionally include 1 to 4 substituents such as any of the substituents for alkyl or aryl set out above. Examples of heteroaryl groups include the following: and the like.
  • a rings and B rings include, but are not limited to any of the 6-membered heteroaryl groups as defined above, 6-membered cycloheteroalkyl groups as defined above, and 6-membered aryl groups as defined above.
  • cycloheteroalkylalkyl as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to cycloheteroalkyl groups as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to a (CH 2 ) p chain.
  • heteroarylalkyl or “heteroarylalkenyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a heteroaryl group as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to a —(CH 2 ) q — chain, alkylene or alkenylene as defined above.
  • polyhaloalkyl refers to an “alkyl” group as defined above which includes from 2 to 9, preferably from 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl, preferably F, such as CF 3 CH 2 , CF 3 or CF 3 CF 2 CH 2 .
  • polyhaloalkyloxy refers to an “alkoxy” or “alkyloxy” group as defined above which includes from 2 to 9, preferably from 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl, preferably F, such as CF 3 CH 2 O, CF 3 O or CF 3 CF 2 CH 2 O.
  • prodrug esters as employed herein includes prodrug esters which are known in the art for carboxylic and phosphorus acid esters such as methyl, ethyl, benzyl and the like.
  • Other prodrug ester examples include the following groups: (1-alkanoyloxy)alkyl such as, wherein R z , R t and R y are H, alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; however, R z O cannot be HO.
  • prodrug esters examples include
  • R z can be H, alkyl (such as methyl or t-butyl), arylalkyl (such as benzyl) or aryl (such as phenyl); R v is H, alkyl, halogen or alkoxy, R u is alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or alkoxyl, and n 1 is 0, 1 or 2.
  • salts refer to basic salts formed with inorganic and organic bases.
  • Such salts include ammonium salts; alkali metal salts, such as lithium, sodium and potassium salts (which are preferred); alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium salts; salts with organic bases, such as amine like salts (e.g., dicyclohexylamine salt, benzathine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, and hydrabamine salts); and salts with amino acids like arginine, lysine and the like; and zwitterions, the so-called “inner salts”.
  • Nontoxic, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful, e.g., in isolating or purifying the product.
  • salts also includes acid addition salts. These are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid such as HCl or HBr, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as alkanecarboxylic acids of 1 to 4 carbon atoms which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, (for example aspartic or glutamic acid or lysine or arginine), or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (C1-C4) alkyl
  • All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form.
  • the compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one or the R substituents. Consequently, compounds of formula I can exist in enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms or in mixtures thereof.
  • the processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers or diastereomers as starting materials. When diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic or fractional crystallization.
  • the compounds of structure I may be used in combination with one or more other types of therapeutic agents such as immunosuppressants, anticancer agents, anti-viral agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-fungal agents, antibiotics, anti-vascular hyperproliferation agents, anti-depressive agents, hypolipidemic agents or lipid-lowering agents or lipid modulating agents, antidiabetic agents, anti-obesity agents, antihypertensive agents, platelet aggregation inhibitors, and/or anti-osteoporosis agents, which may be administered orally in the same dosage form, in a separate oral dosage form or by injection.
  • therapeutic agents such as immunosuppressants, anticancer agents, anti-viral agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-fungal agents, antibiotics, anti-vascular hyperproliferation agents, anti-depressive agents, hypolipidemic agents or lipid-lowering agents or lipid modulating agents, antidiabetic agents, anti-obesity agents, antihypertensive agents, platelet aggregation inhibitor
  • immunosuppressants which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include cyclosporins, for example cyclosporin A, mycophenolate, interferon-beta, deoxyspergolin, FK-506 or Ant.-IL-2.
  • anti-cancer agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include azathiprine, 5-fluorouracil, cyclophosphamide, cisplatin, methotrexate, thiotepa, carboplatin, and the like.
  • anti-viral agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include abacavir, aciclovir, ganciclovir, zidanocin, vidarabine, and the like.
  • the anti-inflammatory agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen, cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, rofecoxib, aspirin, naproxen, ketoprofen, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, piroxicam, steroids such as prednisone, dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, triamcinolone diacetate, gold compounds, such as gold sodium thiomalate, TNF- ⁇ inhibitors such as tenidap, anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptor, and rapamycin (sirolimus or Rapamune) or derivatives thereof, infliximab (Remicade® Centocor, Inc.).
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, rofecoxib
  • aspirin such as celecoxib,
  • CTLA-4Ig LEA29Y
  • antibodies such as anti-ICAM-3, anti-IL-2 receptor (Anti-Tac), anti-CD45RB, anti-CD2, anti-CD3 (OKT-3), anti-CD4, anti-CD80, anti-CD86, monoclonal antibody OKT3, agents blocking the interaction between CD40 and CD154 (a.k.a. “gp39”), such as antibodies specific for CD40 and/or CD154, fusion proteins such as etanercept, fusion proteins constructed from CD40 and/or CD154gp39 (e.g. CD40Ig and CD8gp39), inhibitors, such as nuclear translocation inhibitors, of NF-kappa B function, such as deoxyspergualin (DSG).
  • DSG deoxyspergualin
  • anti-fungal agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include fluconazole, miconazole, amphotericin B, and the like.
  • antibiotics which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include penicillin, tetracycline, amoxicillin, ampicillin, erythromycin, doxycycline, vancomycin, minocycline, clindamycin or cefalexin.
  • anti-vascular hyperproliferation agents which may be optionally employed with compounds of formula I of the invention include methotrexate, leflunomide, FK506 (tacrolimus, Prograf).
  • hypolipidemic agent or lipid-lowering agent or lipid modulating agents which may be optionally employed in combination with the compounds of formula I of the invention may include 1, 2, 3 or more MTP inhibitors, HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, squalene synthetase inhibitors, fibric acid derivatives, ACAT inhibitors, lipoxygenase inhibitors, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, ileal Na + /bile acid cotransporter inhibitors, upregulators of LDL receptor activity, bile acid sequestrants, and/or nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof.
  • MTP inhibitors 1, 2, 3 or more MTP inhibitors, HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, squalene synthetase inhibitors, fibric acid derivatives, ACAT inhibitors, lipoxygenase inhibitors, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, ileal Na + /bile acid cotransporter inhibitors, upregulators of LDL receptor activity, bile acid sequestrants, and/or
  • MTP inhibitors employed herein include MTP inhibitors disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,595,872, U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,135, U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,279, U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,246, U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,875, U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,983 and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/175,180 filed Oct. 20, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,440. Preferred are each of the preferred MTP inhibitors disclosed in each of the above patents and applications.
  • MTP inhibitors to be employed in accordance with the present invention include preferred MTP inhibitors as set out in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,739,135 and 5,712,279, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,246.
  • MTP inhibitor 9-[4-[4-[[2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoyl]amino]-1-piperidinyl]butyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-9H-fluorene-9-carboxamide
  • the hypolipidemic agent may be an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor which includes, but is not limited to, mevastatin and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,983,140, lovastatin (mevinolin) and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,231,938, pravastatin and related compounds such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,346,227, simvastatin and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,448,784 and 4,450,171.
  • HMG CoA reductase inhibitors which may be employed herein include, but are not limited to, fluvastatin, disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • phosphinic acid compounds useful in inhibiting HMG CoA reductase suitable for use herein are disclosed in GB 2205837.
  • the squalene synthetase inhibitors suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, ⁇ -phosphono-sulfonates disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,396, those disclosed by Biller et al, J. Med. Chem., 1988, Vol. 31, No. 10, pp 1869-1871, including isoprenoid (phosphinyl-methyl)phosphonates as well as other known squalene synthetase inhibitors, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,871,721 and 4,924,024 and in Biller, S. A., Neuenschwander, K., Ponpipom, M. M., and Poulter, C. D., Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2, 1-40 (1996).
  • squalene synthetase inhibitors suitable for use herein include the terpenoid pyrophosphates disclosed by P. Ortiz de Montellano et al, J. Med. Chem., 1977, 20, 243-249, the farnesyl diphosphate analog A and presqualene pyrophosphate (PSQ-PP) analogs as disclosed by Corey and Volante, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1976, 98, 1291-1293, phosphinylphosphonates reported by McClard, R. W. et al, J.A.C.S., 1987, 109, 5544 and cyclopropanes reported by Capson, T. L., PhD dissertation, June, 1987, Dept. Med. Chem. U of Utah, Abstract, Table of Contents, pp 16, 17, 40-43, 48-51, Summary.
  • hypolipidemic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, fibric acid derivatives, such as fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, clofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, clinofibrate and the like, probucol, and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • bile acid sequestrants such as cholestyramine, colestipol and DEAE-Sephadex (Secholex®, Policexide®) and cholestagel (Sankyo/Geltex), as well as lipostabil (Rhone-Poulenc), Eisai E-5050 (an N-substituted ethanolamine derivative), imanixil (HOE-402), tetrahydrolipstatin (THL), istigmastanylphos-phorylcholine (SPC, Roche), aminocyclodextrin (Tanabe Seiyoku), Ajinomoto AJ-814 (azulene derivative), melinamide (Sumitomo), Sandoz 58-035, American Cyanamid CL-277,082 and CL-283,546 (disubstituted urea derivatives), nicotinic acid (niacin), acipimox, aci
  • the hypolipidemic agent may be an ACAT inhibitor such as disclosed in, Drugs of the Future 24, 9-15 (1999), (Avasimibe); “The ACAT inhibitor, Cl-1011 is effective in the prevention and regression of aortic fatty streak area in hamsters”, Nicolosi et al, Atherosclerosis (Shannon, Irel). (1998), 137(1), 77-85; “The pharmacological profile of FCE 27677: a novel ACAT inhibitor with potent hypolipidemic activity mediated by selective suppression of the hepatic secretion of ApoB100-containing lipoprotein”, Ghiselli, Giancarlo, Cardiovasc. Drug Rev.
  • ACAT inhibitor such as disclosed in, Drugs of the Future 24, 9-15 (1999), (Avasimibe); “The ACAT inhibitor, Cl-1011 is effective in the prevention and regression of aortic fatty streak area in hamsters”, Nicolosi et al, Atherosclerosis (Shannon, Irel). (1998), 137(1), 77
  • the hypolipidemic agent may be an upregulator of LD2 receptor activity such as MD-700 (Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd) and LY295427 (Eli Lilly).
  • the hypolipidemic agent may be a cholesterol absorption inhibitor preferably Schering-Plough's ezetimibe (SCH58235) and SCH48461 as well as those disclosed in Atherosclerosis 115, 45-63 (1995) and J. Med. Chem. 41, 973 (1998).
  • SCH58235 Schering-Plough's ezetimibe
  • SCH48461 as well as those disclosed in Atherosclerosis 115, 45-63 (1995) and J. Med. Chem. 41, 973 (1998).
  • the hypolipidemic agent may be an ileal Na + /bile acid cotransporter inhibitor such as disclosed in Drugs of the Future, 24, 425-430 (1999).
  • the lipid-modulating agent may be a cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitor such as Pfizer's CP 529,414 (WO/0038722 and EP 818448) and Pharmacia's SC-744 and SC-795.
  • CETP cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • the ATP citrate lyase inhibitor which may be employed in the combination of the invention may include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,447,954.
  • Preferred hypolipidemic agents are pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, itavastatin and visastatin and ZD-4522.
  • the compounds of formula I of the invention will be employed in a weight ratio to the hypolipidemic agent (were present), within the range from about 500:1 to about 1:500, preferably from about 100:1 to about 1:100.
  • the dose administered must be carefully adjusted according to age, weight and condition of the patient, as well as the route of administration, dosage form and regimen and the desired result.
  • the dosages and formulations for the hypolipidemic agent will be as disclosed in the various patents and applications discussed above.
  • the MTP inhibitor for oral administration, a satisfactory result may be obtained employing the MTP inhibitor in an amount within the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg and preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, one to four times daily.
  • a preferred oral dosage form such as tablets or capsules, will contain the MTP inhibitor in an amount of from about 1 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 2 to about 400 mg, and more preferably from about 5 to about 250 mg, one to four times daily.
  • an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor for example, pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin or cerivastatin in dosages employed as indicated in the Physician's Desk Reference, such as in an amount within the range of from about 1 to 2000 mg, and preferably from about 4 to about 200 mg.
  • the squalene synthetase inhibitor may be employed in dosages in an amount within the range of from about 10 mg to about 2000 mg and preferably from about 25 mg to about 200 mg.
  • a preferred oral dosage form such as tablets or capsules, will contain the HMG CoA reductase inhibitor in an amount from about 0.1 to about 100 mg, preferably from about 0.5 to about 80 mg, and more preferably from about 1 to about 40 mg.
  • a preferred oral dosage form such as tablets or capsules will contain the squalene synthetase inhibitor in an amount of from about 10 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 25 to about 200 mg.
  • the hypolipidemic agent may also be a lipoxygenase inhibitor including a 15-lipoxygenase (15-LO) inhibitor such as benzimidazole derivatives as disclosed in WO 97/12615, 15-LO inhibitors as disclosed in WO 97/12613, isothiazolones as disclosed in WO 96/38144, and 15-LO inhibitors as disclosed by Sendobry et al “Attenuation of diet-induced atherosclerosis in rabbits with a highly selective 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor lacking significant antioxidant properties”, Brit. J. Pharmacology (1997) 120, 1199-1206, and Comicelli et al, “15-Lipoxygenase and its Inhibition: A Novel Therapeutic Target for Vascular Disease”, Current Pharmaceutical Design, 1999, 5, 11-20.
  • 15-LO 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor
  • the compounds of formula I and the hypolipidemic agent may be employed together in the same oral dosage form or in separate oral dosage forms taken at the same time.
  • compositions described above may be administered in the dosage forms as described above in single or divided doses of one to four times daily. It may be advisable to start a patient on a low dose combination and work up gradually to a high dose combination.
  • the preferred hypolipidemic agent is pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin or cerivastatin as well as niacin and/or cholestagel.
  • the other antidiabetic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with the compound of formula I may be 1, 2, 3 or more antidiabetic agents or antihyperglycemic agents including insulin secretagogues or insulin sensitizers, or other antidiabetic agents preferably having a mechanism of action different from the compounds of formula I of the invention, which may include biguanides, sulfonyl ureas, glucosidase inhibitors, PPAR ⁇ agonists, such as thiazolidinediones, aP2 inhibitors, dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP4) inhibitors, SGLT2 inhibitors, and/or meglitinides, as well as insulin, and/or glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1).
  • biguanides such as thiazolidinediones, aP2 inhibitors, dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP4) inhibitors, SGLT2 inhibitors, and/or meglitinides,
  • the other antidiabetic agent may be an oral antihyperglycemic agent preferably a biguanide such as metformin or phenformin or salts thereof, preferably metformin HCl.
  • the compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to biguanide within the range from about 0.001:1 to about 10:1, preferably from about 0.01:1 to about 5:1.
  • the other antidiabetic agent may also preferably be a sulfonyl urea such as glyburide (also known as glibenclamide), glimepiride (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,785), glipizide, gliclazide or chlorpropamide, other known sulfonylureas or other antihyperglycemic agents which act on the ATP-dependent channel of the ⁇ -cells, with glyburide and glipizide being preferred, which may be administered in the same or in separate oral dosage forms.
  • glyburide also known as glibenclamide
  • glimepiride also known as glimepiride
  • glipizide also known as gliclazide
  • chlorpropamide other known sulfonylureas or other antihyperglycemic agents which act on the ATP-dependent channel of the ⁇ -cells
  • glyburide and glipizide
  • the compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the sulfonyl urea in the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.02:1 to about 5:1.
  • the oral antidiabetic agent may also be a glucosidase inhibitor such as acarbose (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,769) or miglitol (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,639,436), which may be administered in the same or in a separate oral dosage forms.
  • acarbose disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,769
  • miglitol disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,639,436
  • the compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the glucosidase inhibitor within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05:1 to about 10:1.
  • the compounds of structure I may be employed in combination with a PPAR ⁇ agonist such as a thiazolidinedione oral anti-diabetic agent or other insulin sensitizers (which has an insulin sensitivity effect in NIDDM patients) such as troglitazone (Warner-Lambert's Rezulin®, disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,912), rosiglitazone (SKB), pioglitazone (Takeda), Mitsubishi's MCC-555 (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • a PPAR ⁇ agonist such as a thiazolidinedione oral anti-diabetic agent or other insulin sensitizers (which has an insulin sensitivity effect in NIDDM patients) such as troglitazone (Warner-Lambert's Rezulin®, disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,912), rosiglitazone (SKB), pioglitazone (Takeda
  • Glaxo-Welcome's GL-262570 englitazone (CP-68722, Pfizer) or darglitazone (CP-86325, Pfizer, isaglitazone (MIT/J&J), JTT-501 (JPNT/P&U), L-895645 (Merck), R-119702 (Sankyo/WL), NN-2344 (Dr. Reddy/NN), or YM-440 (Yamanouchi), preferably rosiglitazone and pioglitazone.
  • the compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the thiazolidinedione in an amount within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05 to about 10:1.
  • the sulfonyl urea and thiazolidinedione in amounts of less than about 150 mg oral antidiabetic agent may be incorporated in a single tablet with the compounds of structure I.
  • the compounds of structure I may also be employed in combination with a antihyperglycemic agent such as insulin or with glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) such as GLP-1(1-36) amide, GLP-1(7-36) amide, GLP-1(7-37) (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,614,492 to Habener, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference), as well as AC2993 (Amylin) and LY-315902 (Lilly), which may be administered via injection, intranasal, inhalation or by transdermal or buccal devices.
  • GLP-1 glucagon-like peptide-1
  • metformin the sulfonyl ureas, such as glyburide, glimepiride, glipyride, glipizide, chlorpropamide and gliclazide and the glucosidase inhibitors acarbose or miglitol or insulin (injectable, pulmonary, buccal, or oral) may be employed in formulations as described above and in amounts and dosing as indicated in the Physician's Desk Reference (PDR).
  • PDR Physician's Desk Reference
  • metformin or salt thereof may be employed in amounts within the range from about 500 to about 2000 mg per day which may be administered in single or divided doses one to four times daily.
  • the thiazolidinedione anti-diabetic agent may be employed in amounts within the range from about 0.01 to about 2000 mg/day which may be administered in single or divided doses one to four times per day.
  • insulin may be employed in formulations, amounts and dosing as indicated by the Physician's Desk Reference.
  • GLP-1 peptides may be administered in oral buccal formulations, by nasal administration or parenterally as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,346,701 (TheraTech), U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,614,492 and 5,631,224 which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the other antidiabetic agent may also be a PPAR ⁇ / ⁇ dual agonist such as AR-HO39242 (Astra/Zeneca), GW-409544 (Glaxo-Wellcome), KRP297 (Kyorin Merck) as well as those disclosed by Murakami et al, “A Novel Insulin Sensitizer Acts As a Coligand for Peroxisome Proliferation-Activated Receptor Alpha (PPAR alpha) and PPAR gamma. Effect on PPAR alpha Activation on Abnormal Lipid Metabolism in Liver of Zucker Fatty Rats”, Diabetes 47, 1841-1847 (1998).
  • the antidiabetic agent may be an SGLT2 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/679,027, filed Oct. 4, 2000 (attorney file LA49 NP), employing dosages as set out therein. Preferred are the compounds designated as preferred in the above application.
  • the antidiabetic agent may be an aP2 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/391,053, filed Sep. 7, 1999, and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/519,079, filed Mar. 6, 2000 (attorney file LA27 NP), employing dosages as set out herein.
  • the antidiabetic agent may be a DP4 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/788,173 filed Feb. 16, 2001 (attorney file LA50), WO99/38501, WO99/46272, WO99/67279 (PROBIODRUG), WO99/67278 (PROBIODRUG), WO99/61431 (PROBIODRUG), NVP-DPP728A (1-[[[2-[(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetyl]-2-cyano-(S)-pyrrolidine) (Novartis) (preferred) as disclosed by Hughes et al, Biochemistry, 38(36), 11597-11603, 1999, TSL-225 (tryptophyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (disclosed by Yamada et al, Bioorg.
  • the meglitinide which may optionally be employed in combination with the compound of formula I of the invention may be repaglinide, nateglinide (Novartis) or KAD1229 (PF/Kissei), with repaglinide being preferred.
  • the compound of formula I will be employed in a weight ratio to the meglitinide, PPAR ⁇ agonist, PPAR ⁇ / ⁇ dual agonist, aP2 inhibitor, DP4 inhibitor or SGLT2 inhibitor within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05 to about 10:1.
  • the other type of therapeutic agent which may be optionally employed with a compound of formula I may be 1, 2, 3 or more of an anti-obesity agent including a beta 3 adrenergic agonist, a lipase inhibitor, a serotonin (and dopamine) reuptake inhibitor, an aP2 inhibitor, a thyroid receptor agonist and/or an anorectic agent.
  • an anti-obesity agent including a beta 3 adrenergic agonist, a lipase inhibitor, a serotonin (and dopamine) reuptake inhibitor, an aP2 inhibitor, a thyroid receptor agonist and/or an anorectic agent.
  • the beta 3 adrenergic agonist which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be AJ9677 (Takeda/Dainippon), L750355 (Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,541,204, 5,770,615, 5,491,134, 5,776,983 and 5,488,064, with AJ9677, L750,355 and CP331648 being preferred.
  • the lipase inhibitor which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be orlistat or ATL-962 (Alizyme), with orlistat being preferred.
  • the serotonin (and dopoamine) reuptake inhibitor which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be sibutramine, topiramate (Johnson & Johnson) or axokine (Regeneron), with sibutramine and topiramate being preferred.
  • the thyroid receptor agonist which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be a thyroid receptor ligand as disclosed in WO97/21993 (U. Cal SF), WO99/00353 (KaroBio), GB98/284425 (KaroBio), and U.S. Provisional Application 60/183,223 filed Feb. 17, 2000, with compounds of the KaroBio applications and the above U.S. provisional application being preferred.
  • the anorectic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine or mazindol, with dexamphetamine being preferred.
  • anti-obesity agents described above may be employed in the same dosage form with the compound of formula I or in different dosage forms, in dosages and regimens as generally known in the art or in the PDR.
  • antihypertensive agents which may be employed in combination with the compound of formula I of the invention include ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, NEP/ACE inhibitors, as well as calcium channel blockers, ⁇ -adrenergic blockers and other types of antihypertensive agents including diuretics.
  • the angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor which may be employed herein includes those containing a mercapto (—S—) moiety such as substituted proline derivatives, such as any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,046,889 to Ondetti et al mentioned above, with captopril, that is, 1-[(2S)-3-mercapto-2-methylpropionyl]-L-proline, being preferred, and mercaptoacyl derivatives of substituted prolines such as any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,316,906 with zofenopril being preferred.
  • a mercapto (—S—) moiety such as substituted proline derivatives, such as any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,046,889 to Ondetti et al mentioned above, with captopril, that is, 1-[(2S)-3-mercapto-2-methylpropionyl]-L-proline, being preferred, and mercaptoacyl
  • mercapto containing ACE inhibitors examples include rentiapril (fentiapril, Santen) disclosed in Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 10: 131 (1983); as well as pivopril and YS980.
  • angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors which may be employed herein include any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,374,829 mentioned above, with N-(1-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropyl)-L-alanyl-L-proline, that is, enalapril, being preferred, any of the phosphonate substituted amino or imino acids or salts disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • ACE inhibitors include Beecham's BRL 36,378 as disclosed in European Patent Application Nos. 80822 and 60668; Chugai's MC-838 disclosed in C.A. 102:72588v and Jap. J. Pharmacol. 40: 373 (1986); Ciba-Geigy's CGS 14824 (3-([1-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenyl-(1S)-propyl]amino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo-1-(3S)-benzazepine-1 acetic acid HCl) disclosed in U.K. Patent No.
  • Preferred ACE inhibitors are captopril, fosinopril, enalapril, lisinopril, quinapril, benazepril, fentiapril, ramipril and moexipril.
  • NEP/ACE inhibitors may also be employed herein in that they possess neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitory activity and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitory activity.
  • NEP/ACE inhibitors suitable for use herein include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,362,727, 5,366,973, 5,225,401, 4,722,810, 5,223,516, 4,749,688, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,397, U.S. Pat. No. 5,504,080, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,359,U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,723, European Patent Application 0599,444, 0481,522, 0599,444, 0595,610, European Patent Application 0534363A2, 534,396 and 534,492, and European Patent Application 0629627A2.
  • NEP/ACE inhibitors and dosages thereof which are designated as preferred in the above patents/applications which U.S. patents are incorporated herein by reference; most preferred are omapatrilat, BMS 189,921 ([S—(R*,R*)]-hexahydro-6-[(2-mercapto-1-oxo-3-phenylpropyl)amino]-2,2-dimethyl-7-oxo-1H-azepine-1-acetic acid (gemopatrilat)) and CGS 30440.
  • the angiotensin II receptor antagonist (also referred to herein as angiotensin II antagonist or AII antagonist) suitable for use herein includes, but is not limited to, irbesartan, losartan, valsartan, candesartan, telmisartan, tasosartan or eprosartan, with irbesartan, losartan or valsartan being preferred.
  • a preferred oral dosage form such as tablets or capsules, will contain the ACE inhibitor or AII antagonist in an amount within the range from abut 0.1 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 5 to about 200 mg and more preferably from about 10 to about 150 mg.
  • the ACE inhibitor, angiotensin II antagonist or NEP/ACE inhibitor will be employed in an amount within the range from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg and preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg.
  • a drug is to be administered intravenously, it will be formulated in conventional vehicles, such as distilled water, saline, Ringer's solution or other conventional carriers.
  • omapatrilat Vanlev® amlodipine besylate (Norvasc®), prazosin HCl (Minipress®), verapamil, nifedipine, nadolol, diltiazem, felodipine, nisoldipine, isradipine, nicardipine, atenolol, carvedilol, sotalol, terazosin, doxazosin, propranolol, and clonidine HCl (Catapres®).
  • Vanlev® amlodipine besylate
  • prazosin HCl Minipress®
  • verapamil verapamil
  • nifedipine nadolol
  • diltiazem felodipine
  • nisoldipine isradipine
  • nicardipine atenolol
  • carvedilol sotalol
  • terazosin doxazos
  • Diuretics which may be employed in combination with compounds of formula I include hydrochlorothiazide, torasemide, furosemide, spironolactono, and indapamide.
  • Antiplatelet agents which may be employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include aspirin, clopidogrel, ticlopidine, dipyridamole, abciximab, tirofiban, eptifibatide, anagrelide, and ifetroban, with clopidogrel and aspirin being preferred.
  • antiplatelet drugs may be employed in amounts as indicated in the PDR. Ifetroban may be employed in amounts as set out in U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,889.
  • Antiosteoporosis agents suitable for use herein in combination with the compounds of formula I of the invention include parathyroid hormone or bisphosphonates, such as MK-217 (alendronate) (Fosamax®).
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle that may be administered to a subject, together with a compound of the present invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following: ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (“SEDDS”) such as d(-tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc
  • Cyclodextrins such as ⁇ -, ⁇ - and ⁇ -cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3-hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives may also be used to enhance delivery of the modulators of the present invention.
  • compositions of the present invention may contain other therapeutic agents as described below, and may be formulated, for example, by employing conventional solid or liquid vehicles or diluents, as well as pharmaceutical additives of a type appropriate to the mode of desired administration (for example, excipients, binders, preservatives, stabilizers, flavors, etc.) according to techniques such as those well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents.
  • suitable means for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-
  • the compounds of the invention may, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds of the invention, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be administered liposomally.
  • compositions for oral administration include suspensions which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose for imparting bulk, alginic acid or sodium alginate as a suspending agent, methylcellulose as a viscosity enhancer, and sweeteners or flavoring agents such as those known in the art; and immediate release tablets which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch, magnesium stearate and/or lactose and/or other excipients, binders, extenders, disintegrants, diluents and lubricants such as those known in the art.
  • the present compunds may also be delivered through the oral cavity by sublingual and/or buccal administration.
  • Molded tablets, compressed tablets or freeze-dried tablets are exemplary forms which may be used.
  • Exemplary compositions include those formulating the compound(s) of the invention with fast dissolving diluents such as mannitol, lactose, sucrose and/or cyclodextrins. Also included in such formulations may be high molecular weight excipients such as celluloses (Avicel) or polyethylene glycols (PEG).
  • Such formulations may also include an excipient to aid mucosal adhesion such as hydroxy propyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxy methyl cellulose (SCMC), maleic anhydride copolymer (e.g., Gantrez), and agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g., Carbopol 934).
  • HPC hydroxy propyl cellulose
  • HPMC hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose
  • SCMC sodium carboxy methyl cellulose
  • maleic anhydride copolymer e.g., Gantrez
  • agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g., Carbopol 934).
  • Lubricants, glidants, flavors, coloring agents and stabilizers may also be added for ease of fabrication and use.
  • compositions for nasal aerosol or inhalation administration include solutions in saline which may contain, for example, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents such as those known in the art.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include injectable solutions or suspensions which may contain, for example, suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents, such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid.
  • suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal,
  • compositions for rectal administration include suppositories which may contain, for example, a suitable non-irritating excipient, such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
  • compositions for topical administration include a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
  • a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
  • the effective amount of a compound of the present invention may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and includes exemplary dosage amounts for an adult human of from about 0.1 to 500 mg/kg of body weight of active compound per day, or between 5 and 2000 mg per day which may be administered in a single dose or in the form of individual divided doses, such as from 1 to 5 times per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the species, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject, the mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and severity of the particular condition.
  • Preferred subjects for treatment include animals, most preferably mammalian species such as humans, and domestic animals such as dogs, cats and the like.
  • a typical capsule for oral administration contains compounds of structure I (250 mg), lactose (75 mg) and magnesium stearate (15 mg). The mixture is passed through a 60 mesh sieve and packed into a No. 1 gelatin capsule.
  • a typical injectable preparation is produced by aseptically placing 250 mg of compounds of structure I into a vial, aseptically freeze-drying and sealing. For use, the contents of the vial are mixed with 2 mL of physiological saline, to produce an injectable preparation.
  • the compounds of formula I of the invention are glucocorticoid receptor modulators as shown by their ability to bind glucocorticoid receptors in GR binding assays.
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention may also inhibit AP-1 activity as indicated in cellular transrespressional assays, and cause none to minimal transactivation as indicated in cellular transscriptional assays.
  • step 1 (18.73 mmol, 5.0 g) in DMF (15 mL) at room temperature was added 1-acetylguanidine (57.43 mmol, 5.80 g). After 5 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ 100 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 2.0 g (Y: 39%) of the product of step 1. MS (E+) m/z: 270 (MH + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (7.43 mmol, 2.0 g) in methanol (17 mL) was added water (8.5 mL) and 12 N HCl (12.0 mL). After 1 hour at reflux the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 15 mL. The resulting solution was then purified and neutralized by cation exchange SPE to give 1.66 g (Y: 99%) of the title compound 2a. MS (E+) m/z: 228 (MH + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (5.50 mmol, 1.37 g) in ethyl alcohol (10 mL) was added urea (27.50 mmol, 1.65 g). After 2 hours at reflux the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 100 mg (Y: 9%) of the title compound 3a. MS (E+) m/z: 211 (MH + ).
  • step 1 To a solution of the product of preparation 4, step 1 (2.70 mmol, 527 mg) in EtOH (5.0 mL) was added hydrazine (2.70 mmol, 85 mg). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h, cooled, diluted with 1N HCl, washed with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 50 mL), neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 50 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under vacuum to give 280 mg (Y: 51%) of the title compound 5a. MS (E+) m/z: 210 (MH + ).
  • step 1 LC/MS (m/z 217, (M ⁇ H) + ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 ) ⁇ 8.82 (d, 1H), 8.03 (dd, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.44 (t, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
  • step 1 To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.238 g, 1.1 mmol, 1.0 equi.) and chloroiodomethane (0.32 mL, 4.4 mmol, 4 equi.) in THF (5 mL) was added a solution of LDA (2M, 2.2 mL, 4.0 equi.) in THF (10 mL) dropwise in 30 minutes, while keeping the solution temperature at ⁇ 78° C. The reaction solution was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 10 minutes. A solution of acetic acid (1.5 mL) in THF (10 mL) was added in dropwise in 10 minutes.
  • LDA 2M, 2.2 mL, 4.0 equi.
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 2 (0.23 g, 1.0 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in ethanol (5 mL) at room temperature was added thiourea (90 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, after which a yellow precipitate was formed. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of preparation 6, step 2 (0.5 g, 2.14 mmol, 1.0 equi.), in ethanol (5 mL) at room temperature was added 1-acetylguanidine (650 mg, 6.42 mmol, 3.0 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ ). The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield 0.2 g (35%) of the product of step 1: LC/MS (m/z 282, (M+H) + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.2 g, 0.7 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in methanol (5 mL) was added water (1.0 mL) and hydrochloric acid (12N, 1.0 mL). The reaction solution was heated to reflux for 1 hour, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by cation exchange SPE to give 0.12 g (70%) of the title compound 7a: LC/MS (m/z 240, (M+H) + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (6.10 mmol, 1.22 g) in ethyl alcohol (10 mL) at room temperature was added thiourea (7.32 mmol, 560 mg). After 1 hour at room temperature the reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 100 mL). The aqueous layer was then purified by cation exchange chromatography to give 600 mg (Y: 56%) of the title compound 8a. MS (E+) m/z: 178 (MH + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (10.69 mmol, 2.0 g) in dichloromethane (100.0 mL) was added trimethylaluminum (32.88 mmol, 16.44 mL of a 2.0 M solution in toluene) at ⁇ 78° C. After the addition was complete the reaction was allowed to warm to 0° C. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 930 mg (Y: 51%) of the product of step 2. MS (E+) m/z: 172 (MH + ).
  • step 2 The product of step 2 was converted to the title compound 9a as described in preparation 8, step 2. MS (E+) m/z: 228 (MH + ).
  • step 2 The crude product of step 2 was dissolved in EtOH (1.5 ml). Thiourea (76 mg, 1 mmol) was added followed by addition of TEA (0.14 ml, 1 mmol). The solution was heated at 80 C for 6 h. After removal of ethanol, the reaction mixture was taken into ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed with 0.5 N HCl. After separation, the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 9 with sodium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • step 1 The product of step 1 (1.93 g, 8.62 mmol) and powdered iron (3.85 g, 68.93 mmol, 8 eq) were placed into a flask containing 100 mL of a 2:2:1 mixture of ethanol/acetic acid/water, respectively.
  • the flask was placed into a 0° C. ice bath and allowed to equilibrate for 20 minutes. 8 drops of concentrated HCl were added.
  • the reaction began to change color (yellow to green to red/brown).
  • the cooling bath was removed and allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • the mixture was filtered through a thin pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to afford a yellow/green solid.
  • step 2 To the product of step 2 (901 mg, 5.49 mmol) under nitrogen in 30.0 mL ethanol was added 0.92 mL pyruvic acid (1.160 g, 13.173 mmol) followed by 13.0 mL of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. 0.6 N Aqueous ammonia ( ⁇ 100 mL) was added and the mixture was gently heated to 74° C. A 0.6N HCl/0.3N AcOH solution was added until pH was ⁇ 4 to precipitate the product. The mixture was filtered to collect solid which was dried under vacuum to obtain 1.303 g of the product of step 3 as a yellow solid (88%).
  • step 3 99 mg, 0.369 mmol
  • ⁇ 3 mg Cu 2 O ⁇ 0.018 mmol, 0.05 eq
  • Step 1 The product of preparation 12a, step 4 (128 mg, 0.710 mmol), ethyl methacrylate (442 ⁇ L, 3.551 mmol, 5 eq), and ⁇ 20 mg hydroquinone into 5.0 mL xylenes were placed in a tube under nitrogen. The tube was sealed with a teflon lined cap and stirred at 140° C. for 3 days. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude material was directly purified on prep HPLC. The retention times on the HPLC (both analytical and prep) for the two isomeric products are very similar. 24 mgs of the pure minor isomer and 28 mg of a mixture of both the major and minor isomers was isolated. Step 2
  • Step 1 Reference: B. Bacle and G. Levesque, Polymer Communications, 28, 36 (1987).
  • step 1 The product of step 1, 14 was resolved into its corresponding enantiomers, 14(R) and 14(S) by chiral preparative HPLC with the following conditions, Column: Chiracel®-OJ, 5 ⁇ 50 cm, Mobile phase: trifluroacetic acid/acetonitrile: 1/1000 (vol/vol), Temperature: ambient, Flowrate: 70 mL/min, Injection: 1.5 grams in 50 mL solvent, Detection: UV (250 nm). Retention times for R-enantiomer, 30 min, S-enantiomer, 52 min.
  • step 1 preparation 14 To a solution of the product of step 1 preparation 14 (5.0 g, 18.9 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added an oxalyl chloride solution in dichloromethane (2M, 11.4 mL, 22.8 mmol, 1.2 equi.) dropwise. The solution was stirred at RT for 2 hours, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL) and added dropwise to a solution of ethylene glycol (1.27 mL, 22.8 mmol, 1.2 equi.) in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at RT for 4 hours and then the solution was concentrated in vacuo.
  • 9-Anthracenecarboxylic acid (4 g, 0.017 mol, 1.0 equi.) was added to a mixture of methacrylic acid (20 mL, 0.23 mol, 14.0 equi.), benzene (20 mL) and hydroquinone (0.2 g, 0.0017 mol, 0.1 equi.). The solution was heated to reflux for 7 days. The solution was cooled and the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with benzene.
  • step 1 (20 mg, 0.075 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (DEC) (17 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (12 mg. 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.), triethyl amine (0.025 mL, 0.18 mmol, 2.5 equi.), and 2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiazole hydrochloride salt (14.8 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.).
  • DEC 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HOAt 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • triethyl amine 0.025 mL, 0.18 mmol, 2.5 equi.
  • Examples 2-339 were prepared from the coupling of the appropriate acids and amines. Preparations of amines or acids not commercially available are described in the preceding preparations section of this document. All examples in the tables are racemic unless specified otherwise. Examples in the table where one enantiomer predominates or is the sole component, are designated as either R or S.
  • step 1 To a solution of the product of step 1 (175 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in THF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (18 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equi.) and the solution stirred at RT for 1 hour. A solution of methyl iodide (0.047 mL, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equi.) in THF (1 mL) was added and the reaction solution was stirred at RT for 3 hours. The solution was quenched with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated sodium chloride, dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Example 340 LC/MS (m/z 361 (M+H) + ); 1 H NMR (CDCl3) ⁇ 6.41-7.12 (m, 8H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 4.3 (t, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.0 (dd, 1H), 1.49 (dd, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H).
  • Example 344 To a solution of Example 344 (3.44 mmol, 1.70 g) in EtOH (30 mL) was added 10 N NaOH (2.0 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 75° C. for 2.5 h, cooled and diluted with an excess of 1 N HCl. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 100 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under vacuo to give 1.40 g (Y: 88%) of Example 345. MS (E+) m/z: 467 (MH + ).
  • Example 345 To a solution of Example 345 (0.038 mmol, 18.0 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), (0.046 mmol, 8.9 mg), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt), (0.046 mmol, 6.3 mg), triethylamine (0.046 mmol, 5.6 mg) and aniline (0.046 mmol, 4.3 mg). After 20 h at room temperature the product was purified using solid phase extraction cartridges (500 mg 1/1 high load, SCX strong cation exchanger/SAX strong anion exchanger) from United Chemical Technologies, Inc.
  • Step 1 From the frozen vegetative stock culture of Streptomyces griseus ATCC 10137, 2 ml was used to inoculate 100 ml of F7 medium contained the following per liter of deionized water: dextrose, 10 g; yeast extract, 10 g; malt extract, 10 g; peptone, 1 g, in a 500 ml flask (pH was adjusted to 7 before sterilization at 120° C. for 30 minutes). The culture was incubated for 3 days at 28° C. on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Two ml of this culture was used to inoculate each of twelve 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of F7 medium.
  • dextrose 10 g
  • yeast extract 10 g
  • malt extract 10 g
  • peptone 1 g
  • the flasks were incubated at 28° C. on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm for 17 hours. Eight mg of Preparation 16g S-isomer (97.9% ee) in 0.32 ml DMF was added to each flask. The flasks were then returned to the shaker and incubated for additional 9.5 hours at 28° C. and 250 rpm. The culture was pooled and subjected to sonication for total of 5 min. with a High Intensity Ultrasonic Processor (Model: VCX600, Sonics & Material Inc.) equipped with a microtip, at 40% out put.
  • a High Intensity Ultrasonic Processor Model: VCX600, Sonics & Material Inc.
  • sample 0.5 to 1 ml was loaded onto the column at water (solvent A)-acetonitrile (solvent B) 90/10 v/v and separated using the following gradient program: 10% B, 3 min; 10% to 35% B linear gradient, 1 min; 35% B, 9 min; 35% to 60% B linear gradient, 1 min; 60% B, 4 min; 60% to 90% B linear gradient, 1 min; 90% B, 4 min.
  • Detection (UV) was at 210 nm.
  • the fractions containing BMS-585157 was eluted between 18 to 19 minutes.
  • the BMS-585157 fractions were pooled and evaporated in vacuo to a small volume, then was lyophilized.
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.079 mmol, 23 mg) in MeOH (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (400 ⁇ L of 1 N NaOH, 0.4 mmol). After 4 hours at 75° C. and 16 hours at RT the reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (3 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 30 mL). The organic phases were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 19.6 g (Y: 89%) of the product of step 2.
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 2 (0.070 mmol, 19.6 mg) in acetonitrile (1.0 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), (0.084 mmol, 16 mg), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt), (0.084 mmol, 11.5 mg), triethylamine (0.175 mmol, 17.7 mg) and Preparation 1a (0.086 mmol, 21 mg). The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C. for 20 h, cooled and diluted with MeOH (1.0 mL).
  • EDCI 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HOAt 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • Preparation 1a 0.086 mmol, 21 mg
  • the diluted reaction mixture was then purified by preparative HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound.
  • the product was then neutralized using a solid phase extraction cartridge (500 mg high load, SCX strong cation exchanger from United Chemical Technologies, Inc). After conditioning the cartridge with MeOH (2 ⁇ 1.5 mL) the product was loaded on to the cartridge. The cartridge was then washed with MeOH (2 ⁇ 1.5 mL), followed by a 2N NH 3 in MeOH solution to afford 18.8 mg (55%) of Example 564.
  • Example 178 To a solution of Example 178 (20.0 mg, 0.04 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0° C., was added a solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (1M, 0.20 mL, 0.20 mmol, 5 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours, and let warmed up to room temperature and let stirred at room temperature overnight. The next day, the reaction solution was quenched with methanol in an ice bath. The crude product mixture was purified by reversed phased PREP HPLC, followed by neutralization with cation exchange SPE, to yield 5.4 mg (28% yield) of Example 565: LC/MS (m/z 489, (M+H) + ).
  • step 2 To a solution of the product of step 1 (1.68 mmol, 510 mg) in THF (3.4 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (1.7 mL of 5N LiOH). After 20 hours at 70° C. the reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 30 mL). The organic phases were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 410 mg (Y: 84%) the product of step 2.
  • step 3 To a solution of the product of step 3 (0.132 mmol, 40 mg) in methanolic ammonia (7.0 mL) was added 5% rhodium on alumina (100 mg). The reaction mixture was then allowed to hydrogenate at 55 psi of H 2 in a Parr apparatus. After 20 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give 40 mg (Y: 99%) of Example 569.
  • step 1 To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.471 mmol, 130 mg) in dichloromethane (8.0 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. was added trimethylaluminum (3.77 mmol, 1.88 ml of a 2 M solution in toluene). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 20 min and then at RT for 1 h. 2-Aminothiazole (3.77 mmol, 377 mg) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) was then added. After 16 hours at reflux the reaction mixture is quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 30 mL).
  • Example 241 To a solution of Example 241 (80 mg, 0.15 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added a sodium hydroxide solution (1.0 mL) (solution is 1:1 of 50% NaOH and water). The reaction solution was heated to 60° C. for 5 hours. The solution was cooled and quenched with HCl (6N). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ ). The combined organic extracts were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give 68 mg (87% yield) of Example 574. LC/MS (m/z 517, (M+H) + ).
  • step 1 To a solution of the product of step 1 (20 mg, 0.038 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (DEC) (8.9 mg, 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (6.3 mg. 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.), triethylamine (0.013 mL, 0.097 mmol, 2.5 equi.), and ethylamine (2.1 mg, 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was heated to 80° C.
  • DEC 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HOAt 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • triethylamine 0.013 m
  • Example 575 LC/MS (m/z 544, (M+H) + ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 ) ⁇ 8.22 (m, 1H), 7.89(m, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.53 (m, 11H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 3.69 (q, 2H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 1.83 (d, 1H), 1.36 (t, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H).
  • Example 240 To a mixture of Example 240 (28 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1.0 equi.) and ethylamine (3.0 mg, 0.067 mmol, 1.2 equi.) in methanol (2 mL, 1.0% acetic acid) was added sodium cyanoborohydride (3.5 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
  • Example 579 LC/MS (m/z 530, (M+H) + ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 ) ⁇ 8.25 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.52 (m, 7H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 3.7 (s, 2H), 2.99 (q, 2H), 2.60 (d, 1H), 1.58 (d, 1H), 1.28 (t, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H).
  • Example 252 (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of ethanol (5 mL) and hydrochloric acid (concentrated, 0.25 mL) at room temperature. Zinc dust (20 mg) was added in and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was quenched with sodium bicarbonate solution (10%) and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with 1N sodium hydroxide solution, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product mixture. The product was purified by PREP HPLC, followed by cation exchange SPE to give 4.1 mg (16% yield) of Example 581: MS (m/z 502 (M+H) + ).
  • Example 112 To a solution of Example 112 (33 mg, 0.070 mmol) in 1.50 mL anhydrous diethyl ether at room temperature was added 0.18 mL of a 1.0M solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF (0.180 mmol, 2.6 eq). After stirring at room temperature for 3 h an additional 0.18 mL lithium aluminum hydride solution (0.180 mmol, 2.6 eq) was added to push the reaction further. The mixture was allowed to stir for 48 h at rt, and quenched by adding 0.15 mL methanol dropwise, then 0.15 mL water, then 20 mL saturated aqueous KOH. Extracted 2 ⁇ 30 mL ethyl acetate.
  • Example 582 Dried over sodium sulfate. Concentrated under vacuum. Purified the crude material using prep HPLC. Free-based the product by passing through a basic SCX cartridge using methanol as the eluent. Removal of the solvent afforded 2.5 mg of Example 582 as a solid white film (8%) LC/MS (m/z 459, (M+H) + ).
  • Examples 584 to 586 were prepared from acid of Preparation 17E and the appropriate 4-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-imidazole-2-ylamine or 4-isoquinolin-5-yl-1H-imidazol-2-ylamine.
  • the amines were prepared according to the procedures described in Steps 1 to 3 of Example 583, i.e. via the Pd-catalyzed coupling reaction of 4,5-dibromo-2-nitro-1H-imidazole and the boronic acid derived from corresponding bromo-quinoline or bromo-isoquinoline, followed by the hydrogenation reaction.
  • a suspension Example 212 (50 mg, 0.091 mmol) and cuprious cyanide (10 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was introduced into a dried heavy wall Pyrex tube, flushed with nitrogen and tightly sealed.
  • the tube was placed in a microwave (Smith Workstation 300W from Magnetron @ 2.45 GHz) and heated to 200° C. while stirring for 2.25 h. After the tube had cool down to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a brown oil.
  • Examples 588 to 645 were prepared from the coupling of corresponding acids and amines. Preparations of amines or acids not commercially available are described in the preceding preparations section of this document. All examples in the table are racemic unless specified otherwise. Examples in the table where one enantiomer predominates or is the sole component, are designated as either R or S. Separation of the enantiomers on a chiral column employed procedures described in the preceding preparations section of this document.
  • Example Chiral MS: (M + H No.
  • Example 178 To a solution of Example 178 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (65 mg, 0.29 mg, 1.0 equi.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solution was quenched with saturated sodium bisulfate solution, and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude product mixture by flash chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) yielded 22.7 mg (16%) of Example 647: LC/MS (m/z 629, (M+H) + ).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)

Abstract

Novel non-steroidal compounds are provided which are glucocorticoid receptor modulators which are useful in treating diseases requiring glucocorticoid receptor agonist or antagonist therapy such as obesity, diabetes, inflammatory and immune disorders, and have the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00001

where Z is CONR1R2 or CH2NR1R2 and where R, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Z, A and B are defined herein.

Description

  • This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application 60/396,877 filed Jul. 18, 2002 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • The present invention relates to new non-steroidal compounds which are glucocorticoid receptor (GR) modulators (that is agonists and antagonists) and thus are useful in treating diseases requiring glucocorticoid receptor agonist or antagonist therapy such as obesity, diabetes and inflammatory or immune associated diseases, and to a method for using such compounds to treat these and related diseases.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The nuclear hormone receptor (NHR) family of transcription factors bind low molecular weight ligands and either stimulate or repress transcription (The Nuclear Receptor Facts Book, V. Laudet and H. Gronemeyer, Academic Press, p 345, 2002). NHRs stimulate transcription by binding to DNA and inducing transcription of specific genes. NHRs may also stimulate transcription by not binding to DNA itself, rather they may modulate the activity of other DNA binding proteins (Stocklin, E., et al., Nature (1996) 383: 726-8). The process of stimulation of transcription is called transactivation. NHRs repress transcription by interacting with other transcription factors or coactivators and inhibiting the ability of these other transcription factors or coactivators from inducing transcription of specific genes. This repression is called transrepression. (for a review see The Nuclear Receptor Factsbook, V. Laudet and H. Gronemeyer, Academic Press, p 42, 2002).
  • The glucocorticoid receptor (GR) is a member of the nuclear hormone receptor family of transcription factors, and a member of the steroid hormone family of transcription factors. Affinity labeling of the glucocorticoid receptor protein allowed the production of antibodies against the receptor which facilitated cloning the human (Weinberger, et al. Science 228, p 640-742, 1985, Weinberger, et al. Nature, 318, p 670-672, 1986) and rat (Miesfeld, R. Nature, 312, p 779-781, 1985) glucocorticoid receptors.
  • Glucocorticoids which interact with GR have been used for over 50 years to treat inflammatory diseases. It has been clearly shown that glucocorticoids exert their anti-inflammatory activity via the inhibition by GR of the transcription factors NF-kappaB and AP-1. This inhibition is termed transrepression. It has been shown that the primary mechanism for inhibition of these transcription factors by GR is via a direct physical interaction. This interaction alters the transcription factor complex and inhibits the ability of NF-kappaB and AP-1 to stimulate transcription (Jonat, C., et al. Cell, 62, p 1189, 1990, Yang-Yen, H. F., et al. Cell 62, p 1205, 1990, Diamond, M. I. et al. Science 249, p 1266, 1990, Caldenhoven, E. et al., Mol. Endocrinol. 9, p 401, 1995). Other mechanisms such as sequestration of co-activators by GR have also been proposed (Kamer Y, et al., Cell 85, p 403, 1996, Chakravarti, D. et al., Nature 383, p 99, 1996). NF-kappaB and AP-1 play key roles in the initiation and perpetuation of inflammatory and immunological disorders (Baldwin, A S, Journal of Clin. Investigation 107, p 3, 2001, Firestein, G. S., and Manning, A. M. Arthritis and Rheumatism, 42, p 609, 1999, Peltz, G., Curr. Opin, in Biotech. 8, p 467, 1997). NF-kappaB and AP-1 are involved in regulating the expression of a number of important inflammatory and immunomodulatory genes including: TNF-alpha, IL-1, IL-2, IL-5, adhesion molecules (such as E-selectin), chemokines (such as Eoxtaxin and Rantes), Cox-2, and others.
  • In addition to causing transrepression, the interaction of a glucocorticoid with GR can cause GR to induce transcription of certain genes. This induction of transcription is termed transactivation. Transactivation requires dimerization of GR and binding to a glucocorticoid response element (GRE).
  • Recent studies using a transgenic GR dimerization defective mouse which cannot bind DNA have shown that the transactivation (DNA binding) activities of GR could be separated from the transrepressive (non-DNA binding) effect of GR. These studies also indicate that many of the side effects of glucocorticoid therapy are due to the ability of GR to induce transcription of various genes involved in metabolism, whereas, transrepression, which does not require DNA binding leads to suppression of inflammation (Tuckermann, J. et al. Cell 93, p 531, 1998; Reichardt, H M. EMBO J., 20, p 7168, 2001).
  • The art is in need of modulators of NHRs. A modulator of an NHR may be useful in treating NHR-associated diseases, that is diseases associated with the expression products of genes whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by NHRs. For instance, the art is in need of modulators of NHRs that inhibit AP-1 and NFκB, as such compounds would be useful in the treatment of inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection and graft vs. host disease.
  • Particularly concerning GR, although glucocorticoids are potent anti-inflammatory agents, their systemic use is limited by side effects. A compound that retained the anti-inflammatory efficacy of glucocorticoids while minimizing the side effects such as diabetes, osteoporosis and glaucoma would be of great benefit to a very large number of patients with inflammatory diseases.
  • Additionally concerning GR, the art is in need of compounds that antagonize transactivation. Such compounds may be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with increased levels of glucocorticoid, such as diabetes, osteoporosis and glaucoma.
  • Additionally concerning GR, the art is in need of compounds that cause transactivation. Such compounds may be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with a deficiency in glucocorticoid. Such diseases include Addison's disease.
  • It is believed that the compounds of the present invention as described below fill the above needs.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • In accordance with the present invention, compounds are provided having the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00002

    including all stereoisomers thereof, or a prodrug ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
      • R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, or hydroxyaryl;
      • Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cyano, halogen, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, nitro, amino, CHO, CO2 alkyl, CONReRf, CH2NRgRh, CO2H, CH2OH, CH2NHRg, NHCH2Rg, NHCHRgRh, NHCORe, NHCONReRf or NHSO2Re;
      • Rb is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cyano, halogen, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, CHO, CO2 alkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, CONRiRj, CH2NRkRl, CO2H, CH2OH, CH2NHRk, NHCH2Rk, NHCHRkRl, NHCORi, NHCONRiRj or NHSO2Ri;
      • where Re and Rf are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and Re and Rf can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
      • Rg and Rh are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and Rg and Rh can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
      • Ri and Rj are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and Ri and Rj can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
      • Rk and Rl are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and Rk and Rl can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
      • Rc and Rd are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, hydroxy, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, hydroxyaryl, or aryloxyalkyl;
      • Rc and Rd can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a 3- to 7-membered ring which may include an O or N atom in the ring;
      • Z is CONR1R2 or CH2NR1R2 wherein R1 and R2 are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloalkenyl, mono- or di-alkylaminoalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl;
      • the A ring represents a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and
      • the B ring represents a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
      • with the following provisos;
      • I. provided that where Z is CONR1R2 and (a) R is CH3 or H and Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each hydrogen, or (b) Ra and Rb are each hydrogen and one of Rc and Rd is alkyl, then
      • (1) at least one of R1 and R2 is heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or cycloheteroalkylalkyl, but where the heteroaryl is
        Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00003

        or the heteroarylalkyl is
        Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00004

        then the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, and/or the A ring and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom; or
      • (2) where one of R1 and R2 is phenyl which is substituted with alkyl, hydroxy, halo, C1-C2-alkoxycarbonyl or nitro, then (a) the phenyl must be substituted with at least one other group other than hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxy, halo, C1,-C2-alkoxycarbonyl or nitro, except that the phenyl may be substituted with two or more halo atoms, and/or two or more hydroxy groups, and/or (b) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen and/or (c) the A ring and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom;
      • (3) where one of R1 and R2 is phenyl substituted with C1-C2 alkoxy, the phenyl cannot be substituted with a second C1-C2 alkoxy or the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, or
      • (4) where at least one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylcycloalkenyl, alkylphenyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl then (a) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloaklyl, alkylcycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylcycloalkenyl, alkylphenyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl; and/or (b) at least one of Ra, Rb, Rc and/or Rd is other than hydrogen and/or (c) R is other than hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl and/or (d) the A ring and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom; and
      • II. provided that where Z is CH2NR1R2 and/or where at least one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl, alkylphenyl, phenylalkyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryl which is pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl or imidazolinyl, or cycloheteroalkyl which is 4,5-dihydro-imidazol-2-yl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl, then (a) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl, alkylphenyl, phenylalkyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl and/or (b) at least one of Ra, Rb, Rc and/or Rd is other than hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl and/or (c) R is other than hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl and/or (d) the A ring and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom and/or (e) one of Rc or Rd cannot be hydroxyalkyl.
  • In the compounds of formula I the A ring has the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00005

    and the B ring has the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00006

    wherein X1, X2, X3 and X4 are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH2, CHR15, CR16, CR16R17, N, NH, NR18, O or S, and X5, X6, X7 and X8 are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH2, CHR19, CR20, CR20R21, N, NH, NR22, O or S, wherein R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21 and R22 are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl, wherein each of said A ring and said B ring contains at most two nitrogen ring atoms, at most two oxygen ring atoms and at most one sulfur ring atom.
  • It is preferred that the A ring and B ring are each 6-membered rings which are aromatic carbocyclic rings, namely benzo rings, or are heterocyclic rings each of which includes one hetero atom, which is nitrogen, namely pyridyl rings preferably
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00007
  • Preferred compounds of formula I of the invention which have glucocorticoid receptor (GR)/Dexamethasone (Dex) inhibition activity (>95% at 10 μM) are set out below:
  • 1. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably imidazol-2-yl, that is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00008
  • 2. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, other than benzothiazol-2-yl, and preferably heteroaryl is alkylbenzothiazol-2-yl, alkoxybenzothiazol-2-yl, and halobenzothiazol-2-yl, such as
    • 6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl
    • 4-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl
    • 6-fluorobenzothiazol-2-yl
    • 6-chlorobenzothiazol-2-yl
      for example, compounds of the structure
      Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00009

      where X is 6-CH3, 4-CH3O, 6-Cl or 6-F.
  • 3. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is a thiazole which preferably is substituted with dialkyl, alkyl,
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00010

    alkyl, aryl such as phenyl or naphthyl (where the aryl may be optionally substituted with halo, alkyl, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, dialkoxy, carboxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, hydroxyalkylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, alkoxyalkylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylaminocarbonyl), heteroarylthio or heteroaryl such as
    • 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl
    • 5-chlorothiazol-2-yl
    • 4-methylthiazol-2-yl
    • 5-methylthiazol-2-yl
    • 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 5-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-methyl)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(3-nitrophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(6-hydroxy)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[(1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)thio]methylthiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(4-benzoic acid)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-bromo)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-ethylbenzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-(2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-methy-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-(pyrrolidinyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-(mopholinyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-N-phenyl-N-methylbenzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-ethylbenzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(2-methoxyethyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-methyl-N-2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(4-acetylpiperaziny-1-yl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(3-methoxypropyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(6-carboxypyrid-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(5-trifluormethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(5-chlorobenzoxazol-2-yl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(3-benzonitrile)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[3-N-(4-methoxypyrid-3-yl)benzamide]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[5-(1,4-benzodioxane)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-(1,3-benzodioxole)]thiazol-2-yl,
      for example, compounds of the structure
      Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00011

      X=4,5-dimethyl, 5-chloro, 4-methyl, 5-methyl, 4-phenyl, 4-(1-naphthyl), 4-(2-naphthyl), 4-(4-fluoronaphth-1-yl), 4-(4-methylnaphth-1-yl), 4-(3-nitrophenyl), 4-(6-hydroxynaphth-1-yl), 4-[(1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)thio]methyl, 4-benzoic acid, 4-(4-bromonaphth-1-yl), 4-(N-ethyl)benzamide, 4-(N-2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 4-(N-deoxyspergualin methyl-N-2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide, 4-(N-(pyrrolidinyl)benzamide, 4-(N-morpholinyl)benzamide, 4-(N-phenyl-N-methyl)benzamide, 3-(N-ethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2-methoxyethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-methyl-N-2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-methyl-N-phenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-4-acetylpiperaziny-1-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-methoxypropyl)benzamide, 2-(6-carboxy)pyridine, 3-(N-3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-trifluormethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-chlorobenzoxazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-benzonitrile)benzamide, 3-(N-4-methoxypyrid-3-yl)benzamide, 5-(1,4-benzodioxane), 4-(1,3-benzodioxole).
  • 4. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is C2H5, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably thiazol-2-yl or 4-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl.
  • 5. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is 2-hydroxyethyl, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably thiazol-2-yl.
  • 6. compounds of the formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is a heteroaryl, preferably 2-quinolin-1-yl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I of the invention which have AP-1 inhibitory activity (IC50<15 μM) are set out below:
  • 1(a). compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably imidazole which is preferably substituted with an aryl group, which preferably is naphthyl preferably substituted with alkyl, halo or alkoxy, such as
    • 4-(1-naphthyl)imidazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-methyl)naphthyl]imidazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl]imidazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(6-methoxynaphthyl)]imidazol-2-yl
    • 4-phenylimidazol-2-yl
    • 4-t-butylimidazol-2-yl
      for example, compounds of the structure
      Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00012

      X is aryl or alkyl, such as 1-naphthyl, 1-[(4-methyl)naphthyl, 1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl, 1-(6-methoxynaphthyl), phenyl, t-butyl, or quinolinyl optionally substituted with alkyl such as methyl and/or alkoxy such as methoxy, or isoquinolinyl optionally substituted with alkyl such as methyl and/or alkoxy such as methoxy.
  • 1(b). compounds of the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00013
    Ra Rb X
    H H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00014
    H nitro
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00015
    H H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00016
    H nitro
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00017
    H H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00018
    H nitro
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00019
    H H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00020
    H nitro
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00021
  • 2. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2
  • where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is heteroaryl, preferably an oxazole which is preferably substituted with an aryl group which preferably is naphthyl such as 4-(1-naphthyl)oxazol-2-yl,
  • that is, a compound of the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00022

    where X is aryl such as 1-naphthyl.
  • 3. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is a pyridyl which is preferably substituted with an aryl group which preferably is naphthyl, such as 4-(1-naphthyl)pyrid-2-yl, that is a compound of the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00023

    where X is aryl such as 1-naphthyl.
  • 4. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is a heteroaryl, preferably a thiazole substituted with alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or alkoxy, and where the aryl is phenyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl, which preferably is substituted with halo, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, or hydroxy, such as
    • 4-(phenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(t-butyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(benzthiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-methyl)naphthyl]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(2-methoxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(6-methoxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(3-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(3-methylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(2-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-methoxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-bromonaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-iodonaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[anthracen-5-yl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[anthracen-1-yl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[4-quinolin-1-yl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[2-quinolin-1-yl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-cyano-naphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 5-iodothiazol-2-yl
    • 4-(benzthiophen-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(2-hydroxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(6-hydroxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
    • 4-[1-(4-hydroxynaphthyl)]thiazol-2-yl
      for example, compounds of the structure
      Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00024

      where X is aryl, alkyl, heteroaryl or halo, such as phenyl, t-butyl, 1-naphthyl, 1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl, benzthiophen-3-yl, 1-(4-methyl)naphthyl, 1-(2-methoxy)naphthyl, 1-(6-methoxy)naphthyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 2chlorophenyl, 1-(4-methoxy)naphthyl, 1-(4-bromo)naphthyl, 1-(4-iodo)naphthyl, 5-anthracenyl, 1-anthracenyl, 4-quinolin-1-yl, 2-quinolin-1-yl, 1-(4-cyano)naphthyl, 5-iodo, 4-benzthiophenyl, 1-(2-hydroxy)naphthyl, 1-(6-hydroxy)naphthyl, 1-(4-hydroxy)naphthyl.
  • 5. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is C2H5, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is a heteroaryl, preferably thiazole which is substituted with aryl, preferably naphthyl, such as 4-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl, that is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00025
  • 6. compounds of formula I of the invention where A and B are fused phenyl rings, R is CH3, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each H, and Z is CONR1R2 where one of R1 and R2 is H and the other is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00026

    that is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00027

    where X is aryl, alkoxyaryl, dialkoxyaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo(alkoxy)aryl, hydroxy(alkoxy)aryl, trialkoxyaryl, alkyl(alkoxy)aryl, haloaryl, dihaloaryl, heteroarylaryl, alkylthioaryl, alkenylaryl, alkoxyheteroaryl, cyanoaryl, where aryl is phenyl or naphthyl and heteroaryl by itself or part of another group is pyridyl, imidazolyl, azido, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiadiazolyl;
    preferred examples of X include
    • phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-pyridyl, 2-(4-pyridyl)ethyl, 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methyl-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-naphthyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-azidophenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 3-(methylthio)phenyl, 4-(methylthio)phenyl, 3-(acetylenyl)phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-pyridyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 2-methyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-azidophenyl, 3-methyl-isothiazolyl, 1-methyl-pyrazol-5-yl or 5-trifluormethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl.
  • 7. compounds of formula I of the invention of the structure
    (a)
    Ih
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00028
    Ra Rb X
    carboxymethyl H H
    nitro H H
    cyano H H
    carboxymethyl H methyl
    nitro H methyl
    cyano H meethyl
    H carboxymethyl H
    H nitro H
    H cyano H
    H formyl H
    H CO-(N-morpholine) H
    H CH2—NH-ethyl H
    H CH2-(N-morpholine) H
    H nitro methyl
    H cyano methyl
    H NH2 methyl
    H nitro F
    H cyano F
    H Cl H
    H Cl F
    H Cl Methyl
    H Br F
    H Br Methyl
    H CH3 H
    H CH3 F
    H CH3 Methyl
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00029
    • Q=N, Y=CH or Q=CH, Y=N
    • Z=CONR1R1R2
    • R=CH3
    • Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd are H
    • R2=4-(4-fluoronaphthyl)thiazol-2-yl
  • R1=H.
    (d)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00030
    Ra Rb X
    CH3OOC— H H
    Nitro H H
    Cyano H H
    CH3OOC— H Methyl
    Nitro H Methyl
    Cyano H Methyl
    H CH3OOC— H
    H Nitro H
    H Cyano H
    H formyl H
    H CO-(N-morpholine) H
    H —CH2-NH-Ethyl H
    H —CH2-(N-morpholine) H
    H Nitro Methyl
    H Cyano Methyl
    H NH2 Methyl
    H Nitro F
    H Cyano F
    H Cl H
    H Cl F
    H Cl Methyl
    H Br F
    H Br Methyl
    H CH3 H
    H CH3 F
    H CH3 Methyl
  • 8. compounds of formula I of the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00031

    wherein one of R1 and R2 is heteroaryl, preferably wherein one of R1 and R2 is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00032

    where Rm is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, or alkoxy and Ro is H or alkyl, and more preferably where one of R1 and R2 is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00033
  • Other preferred compounds of the invention have the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00034

    where R is CH3, C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl, Rb is H, CN, NO2, halogen, alkyl or amino, and
      • Xb is H, arylalkoxycarbonyl, arylalkylaminocarbonyl, alkoxyalkylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl, alkoxyalkylamidocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonylaryl or heteroaryl;
      • provided that where Xb is H, then R is C2H5 or 2-hydroxymethyl or Rb is CN or NO2.
  • Examples of the above preferred compounds include the following:
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00035
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00036
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00037
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00038
  • Still other preferred compounds of the invention have the structure
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00039

    where R is CH3, C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl, Rb is H, CN, NO2, halogen, alkyl or amino, and Xc is aryl, quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • Examples of the above preferred compounds include the following:
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00040
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00041
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00042
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00043
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00044
  • In another aspect of the present invention, there is provided pharmaceutical compositions useful in treating endocrine disorders, rheumatic disorders, collagen diseases, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, diabetes, obesity, and neoplastic disease, as well as other uses as described herein, which includes a therapeutically effective amount (depending upon use) of a compound of formula I of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In still another aspect, the present invention provides a method of preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating endocrine disorders, rheumatic disorders, collagen diseases, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, diabetes, obesity, and neoplastic disease, GR-associated diseases, that is a disease associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by GR or a disease associated with GR transactivation, including inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders as described hereinafter, which includes the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I of the invention to a patient in need of treatment.
  • Another aspect of the present involves a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1-dependent gene expression, that is a disease associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1, such as inflammatory and immune disorders, cancer and tumor disorders, such as solid tumors, lymphomas and leukemia, and fungal infections such as mycosis fungoides.
  • The term “disease associated with GR transactivation,” as used herein, refers to a disease associated with the transcription product of a gene whose transcription is transactivated by a GR. Such diseases include, but are not limited to: osteoporosis, diabetes, glaucoma, muscle loss, facial swelling, personality changes, hypertension, obesity, depression, and AIDS, the condition of wound healing, primary or secondary andrenocortical insufficiency, and Addison's disease.
  • The term “treat”, “treating”, or “treatment,” in all grammatical forms, as used herein refers to the prevention, reduction, or amelioration, partial or complete alleviation, or cure of a disease, disorder, or condition.
  • The terms “glucocorticoid receptor” and “GR,” as used herein, refer either to a member of the nuclear hormone receptor family of transcription factors which bind glucocorticoids and either stimulate or repress transcription, or to GR-beta. These terms, as used herein, refer to glucocorticoid receptor from any source, including but not limited to: human glucocorticoid receptor as disclosed in Weinberger, et al. Science 228, p 640-742, 1985, and in Weinberger, et al. Nature, 318, p 670-672, 1986; rat glucocorticoid receptor as disclosed in Miesfeld, R. Nature, 312, p 779-781, 1985; mouse glucocortoid receptor as disclosed in Danielson, M. et al. EMBO J., 5, 2513; sheep glucocorticoid receptor as disclosed in Yang, K., et al. J. Mol. Endocrinol. 8, p 173-180, 1992; marmoset glucocortoid receptor as disclosed in Brandon, D. D., et al, J. Mol. Endocrinol. 7, p 89-96, 1991; and human GR-beta as disclosed in Hollenberg, S M. et al. Nature, 318, p 635, 1985, Bamberger, C. M. et al. J. Clin Invest. 95, p 2435, 1995.
  • The term, “disease associated with AP-1-dependent gene expression,” as used herein, refers to a disease associated with the expression product of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1. Such diseases include, but are not limited to: inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders; cancer and tumor disorders, such as solid tumors, lymphomas and leukemia; and fungal infections such as mycosis fungoides.
  • The term “inflammatory or immune associated diseases or disorders” is used herein to encompass any condition, disease, or disorder that has an inflammatory or immune component, including, but not limited to, each of the following conditions: transplant rejection (e.g., kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas (e.g., islet cells), bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts (such as employed in burn treatment), heart valve xenografts, serum sickness, and graft vs. host disease, autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type I and Type II diabetes, juvenile diabetes, obesity, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), pyoderma gangrenum, lupus (systemic lupus erythematosis), myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis; eczema, seborrhoea, pulmonary inflammation, eye uveitis, hepatitis, Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune thyroiditis, Behcet's or Sjorgen's syndrome (dry eyes/mouth), pernicious or immunohaemolytic anaemia, atherosclerosis, Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands), idiopathic adrenal insufficiency, autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome), glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, morphea, lichen planus, viteligo (depigmentation of the skin), alopecia areata, autoimmune alopecia, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, and alveolitis; T-cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases, including contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy), uticaria, skin allergies, respiratory allergies (hayfever, allergic rhinitis) and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease); inflammatory diseases such as osteoarthritis, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, Sezary's syndrome and vascular diseases which have an inflammatory and or a proliferatory component such as restenosis, stenosis and artherosclerosis. Inflammatory or immune associated diseases or disorders also includes, but is not limited to: endocrine disorders, rheumatic disorders, collagen diseases, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, nonsuppurative thyroiditis, hypercalcemia associated with cancer, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Ankylosing spondylitis, acute and subacute bursitis, acute nonspecific tenosynovitis, acute gouty arthritis, post-traumatic osteoarthritis, synovitis of osteoarthritis, epicondylitis, acute rheumatic carditis, pemphigus, bullous dermatitis herpetiformis, severe erythema multiforme, exfoliative dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, seasonal or perennial allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, drug hypersensitivity reactions, allergic conjunctivitis, keratitis, herpes zoster ophthalmicus, iritis and iridocyclitis, chorioretinitis, optic neuritis, symptomatic sarcoidosis, fulminating or disseminated pulmonary tuberculosis chemotherapy, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura in adults, secondary thrombocytopenia in adults, acquired (autoimmune) hemolytic anemia, leukemias and lymphomas in adults, acute leukemia of childhood, regional enteritis, autoimmune vasculitis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, solid organ transplant rejection, sepsis.
  • In addition, in accordance with the present invention a method of treating a disease associated with AP-1-induced or NFκB-induced transcription is provided wherein a compound of formula I of the invention is administered to a patient in need of treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to induce NHR transrepression of the AP-1-induced or NFκB-induced transcription, thereby treating the disease.
  • Other therapeutic agents, such as those described hereafter, may be employed with the compounds of the invention in the present methods. In the methods of the present invention, such other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, simultaneously with or following the administration of the compound(s) of the present invention.
  • In a particular embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are useful for the treatment of the aforementioned exemplary disorders irrespective of their etiology, for example, for the treatment of transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, and viral infections.
  • Methods of Preparation
  • The compounds of the present invention may be synthesized by many methods available to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry. General synthetic schemes, in accordance with the present invention, for preparing compounds of the present invention are described below. These schemes are illustrative and are not meant to limit the possible techniques one skilled in the art may use to prepare the compounds disclosed herein. Different methods to prepare the compounds of the present invention will be evident to those skilled in the art. Additionally, the various steps in the synthesis may be performed in an alternate sequence in order to give the desired compound or compounds. Examples of compounds of the present invention prepared by methods described in the general schemes are given in the preparations and examples section set out hereinafter.
  • Compounds of Formula 1
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention are prepared as described in the Schemes and examples below. In the schemes the various groups A, B, Z, R, Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd correspond to those described above.
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00045
  • Scheme A
  • General methods for the synthesis of compounds of the invention of structure IA of the invention where A and B are each fused phenyl or pyridyl, and Z is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00046

    are well known in the literature. Compound IA is constructed by the cycloaddition of a compound of formula 1 with an unsaturated compound of formula 2 neat or in an appropriate solvent such as xylenes or benzene, at temperatures ranging from 50 to 200° C. to form compound 3 (which is a novel intermediate). It is well known that the cycloaddition may be facilitated by the use of a catalysts such diethylaluminium chloride or boron trifluoride diethyl etherate. The cycloaddition may also be carried out at higher pressures as when the reactions are performed in sealed vessels.
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00047
  • Compound 3 is reacted with an amine of formula 4 by one of the many methods of amidation well known to those skilled in the art (preferably treatment of 3 in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile with diethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (DEC), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole, triethylamine and amine 4) to provide compounds of the invention of structure IA.
  • The starting compound 1 is known in the art and may be commercially available or prepared employing procedures known in the art.
  • Scheme B
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention where R is other than H and Z is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00048

    (that is IA) may be prepared preferably starting with compound 3 where R is H which is treated with a suitable base such as lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dethyl ether and at a temperature ranging from −100° C. to 100° C. and with a compound 5 (Rx-LG, where LG is a leaving group, such as methyl iodide and Rx is R other than H) affords compounds of structure 6. Compound 6 may be subjected to amidation as described in Scheme A to form compounds of the invention IA (where R is other than H).
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00049
  • Scheme C
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention where Z is
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00050

    where each of R1 and R2 is other than H may be prepared starting with compound of formula IA where R1a is R1 other than H and R2 is H which is treated with base such as sodium hydride and compound 5a R2a-LG, where LG is a leaving group, such as methyl iodide, and R2a is R2 other than H, to provide compounds of structure IB of the invention where R1 and R2 are other than H.
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00051
  • Scheme D
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention where Z is —CH2NR1R2 (that is IC) may be prepared starting with compounds of formula IA which when treated with a reducing agent such as lithium aluminum hydride (LAH) provides compounds IC of the invention.
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00052
  • Scheme E
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention where one or more of A, B, Z, R, Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd includes a hydroxyaryl group may be prepared as follows.
  • A compound of formula IA of the invention that contains one or more aryloxyalkyl groups located in A, B, Z, R, Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd when treated with dealkylating agent such as boron tribromide, sodium methyl sulfide or other known dealkylating agents provides phenols of formula ID of the invention.
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00053
  • Scheme F
  • A compound of formula IE where Ra or Rb is a functional group such as CHO, NH2, CO2H or NO2 may be further elaborated by various methods well known to those skilled in the art to give compounds of structure IF. A few illustrative examples are shown below. The newly introduced groups may also be further elaborated,
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00054
    Ra or Rb = Ra or Rb =
    CHO
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00055
    CH2OH, CH2NHRg, CH2NHgRh, CH2NHRk or CH2NR kRl
    NH2
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00056
    NHCH2Rg, NHCHRgRh, NHCH2Rk or NHCHRkRl
    CO2H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00057
    CONReRf, CONRi Rj
    NO2
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00058
    NH2
  • The following compounds are new intermediates and may be prepared employing procedures set out hereinbefore and/or known in the art:
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00059

    or an alkyl ester thereof,
    where R is CH3, C2H5; Ra is nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, CH3, —COOCH3, formyl and Rb is H; Rb is nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, CH3, —COOCH3, formyl and Ra is H; and
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00060

    where X9 is S or NH; X is:
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00061
  • Definition of Terms
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkyl”, “alkyl” or “alk” as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes both straight and branched chain hydrocarbons, containing 1 to 20 carbons, preferably 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably 1 to 8 carbons, in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, the various branched chain isomers thereof, and the like as well as such groups including 1 to 4 substituents such as halo, for example F, Br, Cl or I or CF3, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryl(aryl) or diaryl, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, amino, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, HO—N═, cycloheteroalkyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkoxyoximyl, arylheteroaryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, aryloxyaryl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, hydroxyalkyl (alkyl)amino carbonyl, arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, haloalkyl, trihaloalkyl and/or alkylthio and/or any of the substituents for aryl.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “cycloalkyl” as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated (containing 1 or 2 double bonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 3 rings, including monocyclicalkyl, bicyclicalkyl and tricyclicalkyl, containing a total of 3 to 20 carbons forming the rings, preferably 3 to 10 carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromatic rings as described for aryl, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl,
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00062

    any of which groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol and/or alkylthio and/or any of the substituents for alkyl.
  • The term “cycloalkenyl” as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to cyclic hydrocarbons containing 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 5 to 10 carbons and 1 or 2 double bonds. Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclohexadienyl, and cycloheptadienyl, which may be optionally substituted as defined for cycloalkyl.
  • The term “cycloalkylene” as employed herein refers to a “cycloalkyl” group which includes free bonds and thus is a linking group such as
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00063

    and the like, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “cycloalkyl”.
  • The term “alkanoyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to alkyl linked to a carbonyl group.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkenyl” or “alkenyl” as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 1 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one to six double bonds in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, alkanoylamino, alkylamido, arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, alkylthio and/or any of the substituents for alkyl set out herein.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkynyl” or “alkynyl” as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one triple bond in the normal chain, and may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4-decynyl, 3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, amino, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoylamino, alkylamido, arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, and/or alkylthio, and/or any of the substituents for alkyl set out herein.
  • The terms “arylalkenyl” and “arylalkynyl” as used alone or as part of another group refer to alkenyl and alkynyl groups as described above having an aryl substituent.
  • Where alkyl groups as defined above have single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms, they are termed “alkylene” groups and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “alkyl”.
  • Where alkenyl groups as defined above and alkynyl groups as defined above, respectively, have single bonds for attachment at two different carbon atoms, they are termed “alkenylene groups” and “alkynylene groups”, respectively, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “alkenyl” and “alkynyl”.
  • (CH2)p and (CH2)q, includes alkylene, allenyl, alkenylene or alkynylene groups, as defined herein, each of which may optionally include an oxygen or nitrogen in the normal chain, which may optionally include 1, 2, or 3 substituents which include alkyl, alkenyl, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, thioalkyl, keto, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, alkylcarbonylamino or alkylcarbonyloxy; the alkyl substituent may be an alkylene moiety of 1 to 4 carbons which may be attached to one or two carbons in the (CH2)p or (CH2)q group to form a cycloalkyl group therewith.
  • Examples of (CH2)p, (CH2)q, alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene include
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00064
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00065
  • The term “halogen” or “halo” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine as well as CF3, with chlorine or fluorine being preferred.
  • The term “metal ion” refers to alkali metal ions such as sodium, potassium or lithium and alkaline earth metal ions such as magnesium and calcium, as well as zinc and aluminum.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “aryl”, as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include one to three additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl rings for example
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00066

    and may be optionally substituted through available carbon atoms with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from hydrogen, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkenyl, aminocarbonylaryl, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, arylazo, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, substituted amino wherein the amino includes 1 or 2 substituents (which are alkyl, aryl or any of the other aryl compounds mentioned in the definitions), thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkoxyarylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonaminocarbonyl, carboxy, cycloalkyl, arylalkoxy, aryloxycarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylalkylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkoxyalkylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylalkylaminocarbonyl, arylalkylaminocarbonyl, N-hydroxyalkyl(N-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylalkylaminocarbonyl, N-aryl(N-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, N-arylalkyl(N-cyanoalkyl)aminocarbonyl, dialkylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkyl-, arylalkyl- or arylcycloheteroalkylaminocarbonyl, N-dialkylaminoalkyl(N-alkyl or N-arylalkyl)aminocarbonyl, N-heteroarylalkyl(N-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, N-arylalkyl(N-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, N-dialkylamino(N-arylalkyl)aminocarbonyl, N-hydroxyalkyl(N-arylalkyl)aminocarbonyl, aminoalkyloxycarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, N═N═N, alkylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, heteroarylaminosulfonyl, and/or any of the substituents for alkyl set out herein.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkoxy”, “alkoxy”, “aryloxy” or “aralkoxy” as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl or aryl groups linked to an oxygen atom.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “substituted amino” as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to amino substituted with one or two substituents, which may be the same or different, such as alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl or thioalkyl. These substituents may be further substituted with a carboxylic acid and/or any of the substituents for alkyl as set out above. In addition, the amino substituents may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4-thiamorpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-alkyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-arylalkyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-diarylalkyl-1-piperazinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, or 1-azepinyl, optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halo, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkylthio”, alkylthio”, “arylthio” or “aralkylthio” as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl or aryl groups linked to a sulfur atom.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “lower alkylamino”, “alkylamino”, “arylamino”, or “arylalkylamino” as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl groups linked to a nitrogen atom.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “acyl” as employed herein by itself or part of another group, as defined herein, refers to an organic radical linked to a carbonyl
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00067

    group; examples of acyl groups include any of the R groups attached to a carbonyl, such as alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaroyl, cycloalkanoyl, cycloheteroalkanoyl and the like.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “cycloheteroalkyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring which includes 1 to 2 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur, linked through a carbon atom or a heteroatom, where possible, optionally via the linker (CH2)p (where p is 0, 1, 2 or 3), such as
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00068

    and the like. The above groups may include 1 to 4 substituents such as alkyl, halo, oxo and/or any of of the substituents for alkyl or aryl set out herein. In addition, any of the cycloheteroalkyl rings can be fused to a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl ring.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “heteroaryl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a 5-, 6- or 7-membered aromatic ring which includes 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and such rings fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl ring (e.g. benzothiophenyl, indolyl), and includes possible N-oxides, linked through a carbon atom or a heteroatom, where possible, optionally via the linker (CH2)q (where q is 0, 1, 2 or 3). The heteroaryl group may optionally include 1 to 4 substituents such as any of the substituents for alkyl or aryl set out above. Examples of heteroaryl groups include the following:
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00069
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00070

    and the like.
  • Examples of A rings and B rings include, but are not limited to any of the 6-membered heteroaryl groups as defined above, 6-membered cycloheteroalkyl groups as defined above, and 6-membered aryl groups as defined above.
  • The term “cycloheteroalkylalkyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to cycloheteroalkyl groups as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to a (CH2)p chain.
  • The term “heteroarylalkyl” or “heteroarylalkenyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a heteroaryl group as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to a —(CH2)q— chain, alkylene or alkenylene as defined above.
  • The term “polyhaloalkyl” as used herein refers to an “alkyl” group as defined above which includes from 2 to 9, preferably from 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl, preferably F, such as CF3CH2, CF3 or CF3CF2CH2.
  • The term “polyhaloalkyloxy” as used herein refers to an “alkoxy” or “alkyloxy” group as defined above which includes from 2 to 9, preferably from 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl, preferably F, such as CF3CH2O, CF3O or CF3CF2CH2O.
  • The term “prodrug esters” as employed herein includes prodrug esters which are known in the art for carboxylic and phosphorus acid esters such as methyl, ethyl, benzyl and the like. Other prodrug ester examples include the following groups: (1-alkanoyloxy)alkyl such as,
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00071

    wherein Rz, Rt and Ry are H, alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; however, RzO cannot be HO.
  • Examples of such prodrug esters include
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00072
  • Other examples of suitable prodrug esters include
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00073

    wherein Rz can be H, alkyl (such as methyl or t-butyl), arylalkyl (such as benzyl) or aryl (such as phenyl); Rv is H, alkyl, halogen or alkoxy, Ru is alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or alkoxyl, and n1 is 0, 1 or 2.
  • The terms pharmaceutically acceptable “salt” and “salts” refer to basic salts formed with inorganic and organic bases. Such salts include ammonium salts; alkali metal salts, such as lithium, sodium and potassium salts (which are preferred); alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium salts; salts with organic bases, such as amine like salts (e.g., dicyclohexylamine salt, benzathine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, and hydrabamine salts); and salts with amino acids like arginine, lysine and the like; and zwitterions, the so-called “inner salts”. Nontoxic, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful, e.g., in isolating or purifying the product.
  • The term pharmaceutically acceptable “salt” and “salts” also includes acid addition salts. These are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid such as HCl or HBr, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as alkanecarboxylic acids of 1 to 4 carbon atoms which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, (for example aspartic or glutamic acid or lysine or arginine), or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (C1-C4) alkyl or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example methanesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form. The compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one or the R substituents. Consequently, compounds of formula I can exist in enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms or in mixtures thereof. The processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers or diastereomers as starting materials. When diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic or fractional crystallization.
  • Combinations
  • Where desired, the compounds of structure I may be used in combination with one or more other types of therapeutic agents such as immunosuppressants, anticancer agents, anti-viral agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-fungal agents, antibiotics, anti-vascular hyperproliferation agents, anti-depressive agents, hypolipidemic agents or lipid-lowering agents or lipid modulating agents, antidiabetic agents, anti-obesity agents, antihypertensive agents, platelet aggregation inhibitors, and/or anti-osteoporosis agents, which may be administered orally in the same dosage form, in a separate oral dosage form or by injection.
  • The immunosuppressants which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include cyclosporins, for example cyclosporin A, mycophenolate, interferon-beta, deoxyspergolin, FK-506 or Ant.-IL-2.
  • The anti-cancer agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include azathiprine, 5-fluorouracil, cyclophosphamide, cisplatin, methotrexate, thiotepa, carboplatin, and the like.
  • The anti-viral agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include abacavir, aciclovir, ganciclovir, zidanocin, vidarabine, and the like.
  • The anti-inflammatory agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen, cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, rofecoxib, aspirin, naproxen, ketoprofen, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, piroxicam, steroids such as prednisone, dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, triamcinolone diacetate, gold compounds, such as gold sodium thiomalate, TNF-α inhibitors such as tenidap, anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptor, and rapamycin (sirolimus or Rapamune) or derivatives thereof, infliximab (Remicade® Centocor, Inc.). CTLA-4Ig, LEA29Y, antibodies such as anti-ICAM-3, anti-IL-2 receptor (Anti-Tac), anti-CD45RB, anti-CD2, anti-CD3 (OKT-3), anti-CD4, anti-CD80, anti-CD86, monoclonal antibody OKT3, agents blocking the interaction between CD40 and CD154 (a.k.a. “gp39”), such as antibodies specific for CD40 and/or CD154, fusion proteins such as etanercept, fusion proteins constructed from CD40 and/or CD154gp39 (e.g. CD40Ig and CD8gp39), inhibitors, such as nuclear translocation inhibitors, of NF-kappa B function, such as deoxyspergualin (DSG).
  • The anti-fungal agents which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include fluconazole, miconazole, amphotericin B, and the like.
  • The antibiotics which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include penicillin, tetracycline, amoxicillin, ampicillin, erythromycin, doxycycline, vancomycin, minocycline, clindamycin or cefalexin.
  • The anti-vascular hyperproliferation agents which may be optionally employed with compounds of formula I of the invention include methotrexate, leflunomide, FK506 (tacrolimus, Prograf).
  • The hypolipidemic agent or lipid-lowering agent or lipid modulating agents which may be optionally employed in combination with the compounds of formula I of the invention may include 1, 2, 3 or more MTP inhibitors, HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, squalene synthetase inhibitors, fibric acid derivatives, ACAT inhibitors, lipoxygenase inhibitors, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, ileal Na+/bile acid cotransporter inhibitors, upregulators of LDL receptor activity, bile acid sequestrants, and/or nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof.
  • MTP inhibitors employed herein include MTP inhibitors disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,595,872, U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,135, U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,279, U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,246, U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,875, U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,983 and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/175,180 filed Oct. 20, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,962,440. Preferred are each of the preferred MTP inhibitors disclosed in each of the above patents and applications.
  • All of the above U.S. patents and applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Most preferred MTP inhibitors to be employed in accordance with the present invention include preferred MTP inhibitors as set out in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,739,135 and 5,712,279, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,246.
  • The most preferred MTP inhibitor is 9-[4-[4-[[2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoyl]amino]-1-piperidinyl]butyl]-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-9H-fluorene-9-carboxamide
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00074
  • The hypolipidemic agent may be an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor which includes, but is not limited to, mevastatin and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,983,140, lovastatin (mevinolin) and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,231,938, pravastatin and related compounds such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,346,227, simvastatin and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,448,784 and 4,450,171. Other HMG CoA reductase inhibitors which may be employed herein include, but are not limited to, fluvastatin, disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,354,772, cerivastatin disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,006,530 and 5,177,080, atorvastatin disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,681,893, 5,273,995, 5,385,929 and 5,686,104, itavastatin (Nissan/Sankyo's nisvastatin (NK-104)) disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,011,930, Shionogi-Astra/Zeneca visastatin (ZD-4522) disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,440, and related statin compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,753,675, pyrazole analogs of mevalonolactone derivatives as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,613,610, indene analogs of mevalonolactone derivatives as disclosed in PCT application WO 86/03488, 6-[2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)-alkyl)pyran-2-ones and derivatives thereof as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,647,576, Searle's SC-45355 (a 3-substituted pentanedioic acid derivative) dichloroacetate, imidazole analogs of mevalonolactone as disclosed in PCT application WO 86/07054, 3-carboxy-2-hydroxy-propane-phosphonic acid derivatives as disclosed in French Patent No. 2,596,393, 2,3-disubstituted pyrrole, furan and thiophene derivatives as disclosed in European Patent Application No. 0221025, naphthyl analogs of mevalonolactone as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,686,237, octahydronaphthalenes such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,499,289, keto analogs of mevinolin (lovastatin) as disclosed in European Patent Application No. 0,142,146 A2, and quinoline and pyridine derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,506,219 and 5,691,322.
  • In addition, phosphinic acid compounds useful in inhibiting HMG CoA reductase suitable for use herein are disclosed in GB 2205837.
  • The squalene synthetase inhibitors suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, α-phosphono-sulfonates disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,396, those disclosed by Biller et al, J. Med. Chem., 1988, Vol. 31, No. 10, pp 1869-1871, including isoprenoid (phosphinyl-methyl)phosphonates as well as other known squalene synthetase inhibitors, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,871,721 and 4,924,024 and in Biller, S. A., Neuenschwander, K., Ponpipom, M. M., and Poulter, C. D., Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2, 1-40 (1996).
  • In addition, other squalene synthetase inhibitors suitable for use herein include the terpenoid pyrophosphates disclosed by P. Ortiz de Montellano et al, J. Med. Chem., 1977, 20, 243-249, the farnesyl diphosphate analog A and presqualene pyrophosphate (PSQ-PP) analogs as disclosed by Corey and Volante, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1976, 98, 1291-1293, phosphinylphosphonates reported by McClard, R. W. et al, J.A.C.S., 1987, 109, 5544 and cyclopropanes reported by Capson, T. L., PhD dissertation, June, 1987, Dept. Med. Chem. U of Utah, Abstract, Table of Contents, pp 16, 17, 40-43, 48-51, Summary.
  • Other hypolipidemic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, fibric acid derivatives, such as fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, clofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, clinofibrate and the like, probucol, and related compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,674,836, probucol and gemfibrozil being preferred, bile acid sequestrants such as cholestyramine, colestipol and DEAE-Sephadex (Secholex®, Policexide®) and cholestagel (Sankyo/Geltex), as well as lipostabil (Rhone-Poulenc), Eisai E-5050 (an N-substituted ethanolamine derivative), imanixil (HOE-402), tetrahydrolipstatin (THL), istigmastanylphos-phorylcholine (SPC, Roche), aminocyclodextrin (Tanabe Seiyoku), Ajinomoto AJ-814 (azulene derivative), melinamide (Sumitomo), Sandoz 58-035, American Cyanamid CL-277,082 and CL-283,546 (disubstituted urea derivatives), nicotinic acid (niacin), acipimox, acifran, neomycin, p-aminosalicylic acid, aspirin, poly(diallylmethylamine) derivatives such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,759,923, quaternary amine poly(diallyldimethylammonium chloride) and ionenes such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,027,009, and other known serum cholesterol lowering agents.
  • The hypolipidemic agent may be an ACAT inhibitor such as disclosed in, Drugs of the Future 24, 9-15 (1999), (Avasimibe); “The ACAT inhibitor, Cl-1011 is effective in the prevention and regression of aortic fatty streak area in hamsters”, Nicolosi et al, Atherosclerosis (Shannon, Irel). (1998), 137(1), 77-85; “The pharmacological profile of FCE 27677: a novel ACAT inhibitor with potent hypolipidemic activity mediated by selective suppression of the hepatic secretion of ApoB100-containing lipoprotein”, Ghiselli, Giancarlo, Cardiovasc. Drug Rev. (1998), 16(1), 16-30; “RP73163: a bioavailable alkylsulfinyl-diphenylimidazole ACAT inhibitor”, Smith, C., et al, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. (1996), 6(1), 47-50; “ACAT inhibitors: physiologic mechanisms for hypolipidemic and anti-atherosclerotic activities in experimental animals”, Krause et al, Editor(s): Ruffolo, Robert R., Jr.; Hollinger, Mannfred A., Inflammation: Mediators Pathways (1995), 173-98, Publisher: CRC, Boca Raton, Fla.; “ACAT inhibitors: potential anti-atherosclerotic agents”, Sliskovic et al, Curr. Med. Chem. (1994), 1(3), 204-25; “Inhibitors of acyl-CoA:cholesterol O-acyl transferase (ACAT) as hypocholesterolemic agents. 6. The first water-soluble ACAT inhibitor with lipid-regulating activity. Inhibitors of acyl-CoA:cholesterol acyltransferase (ACAT). 7. Development of a series of substituted N-phenyl-N′-[(1-phenylcyclopentyl)methyl]ureas with enhanced hypocholesterolemic activity”, Stout et al, Chemtracts: Org. Chem. (1995), 8(6), 359-62, or TS-962 (Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd).
  • The hypolipidemic agent may be an upregulator of LD2 receptor activity such as MD-700 (Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd) and LY295427 (Eli Lilly).
  • The hypolipidemic agent may be a cholesterol absorption inhibitor preferably Schering-Plough's ezetimibe (SCH58235) and SCH48461 as well as those disclosed in Atherosclerosis 115, 45-63 (1995) and J. Med. Chem. 41, 973 (1998).
  • The hypolipidemic agent may be an ileal Na+/bile acid cotransporter inhibitor such as disclosed in Drugs of the Future, 24, 425-430 (1999).
  • The lipid-modulating agent may be a cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitor such as Pfizer's CP 529,414 (WO/0038722 and EP 818448) and Pharmacia's SC-744 and SC-795.
  • The ATP citrate lyase inhibitor which may be employed in the combination of the invention may include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,447,954.
  • Preferred hypolipidemic agents are pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, itavastatin and visastatin and ZD-4522.
  • The above-mentioned U.S. patents are incorporated herein by reference. The amounts and dosages employed will be as indicated in the Physician's Desk Reference and/or in the patents set out above.
  • The compounds of formula I of the invention will be employed in a weight ratio to the hypolipidemic agent (were present), within the range from about 500:1 to about 1:500, preferably from about 100:1 to about 1:100.
  • The dose administered must be carefully adjusted according to age, weight and condition of the patient, as well as the route of administration, dosage form and regimen and the desired result.
  • The dosages and formulations for the hypolipidemic agent will be as disclosed in the various patents and applications discussed above.
  • The dosages and formulations for the other hypolipidemic agent to be employed, where applicable, will be as set out in the latest edition of the Physicians' Desk Reference.
  • For oral administration, a satisfactory result may be obtained employing the MTP inhibitor in an amount within the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg and preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, one to four times daily.
  • A preferred oral dosage form, such as tablets or capsules, will contain the MTP inhibitor in an amount of from about 1 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 2 to about 400 mg, and more preferably from about 5 to about 250 mg, one to four times daily.
  • For oral administration, a satisfactory result may be obtained employing an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor, for example, pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin or cerivastatin in dosages employed as indicated in the Physician's Desk Reference, such as in an amount within the range of from about 1 to 2000 mg, and preferably from about 4 to about 200 mg.
  • The squalene synthetase inhibitor may be employed in dosages in an amount within the range of from about 10 mg to about 2000 mg and preferably from about 25 mg to about 200 mg.
  • A preferred oral dosage form, such as tablets or capsules, will contain the HMG CoA reductase inhibitor in an amount from about 0.1 to about 100 mg, preferably from about 0.5 to about 80 mg, and more preferably from about 1 to about 40 mg.
  • A preferred oral dosage form, such as tablets or capsules will contain the squalene synthetase inhibitor in an amount of from about 10 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 25 to about 200 mg.
  • The hypolipidemic agent may also be a lipoxygenase inhibitor including a 15-lipoxygenase (15-LO) inhibitor such as benzimidazole derivatives as disclosed in WO 97/12615, 15-LO inhibitors as disclosed in WO 97/12613, isothiazolones as disclosed in WO 96/38144, and 15-LO inhibitors as disclosed by Sendobry et al “Attenuation of diet-induced atherosclerosis in rabbits with a highly selective 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor lacking significant antioxidant properties”, Brit. J. Pharmacology (1997) 120, 1199-1206, and Comicelli et al, “15-Lipoxygenase and its Inhibition: A Novel Therapeutic Target for Vascular Disease”, Current Pharmaceutical Design, 1999, 5, 11-20.
  • The compounds of formula I and the hypolipidemic agent may be employed together in the same oral dosage form or in separate oral dosage forms taken at the same time.
  • The compositions described above may be administered in the dosage forms as described above in single or divided doses of one to four times daily. It may be advisable to start a patient on a low dose combination and work up gradually to a high dose combination.
  • The preferred hypolipidemic agent is pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin or cerivastatin as well as niacin and/or cholestagel.
  • The other antidiabetic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with the compound of formula I may be 1, 2, 3 or more antidiabetic agents or antihyperglycemic agents including insulin secretagogues or insulin sensitizers, or other antidiabetic agents preferably having a mechanism of action different from the compounds of formula I of the invention, which may include biguanides, sulfonyl ureas, glucosidase inhibitors, PPAR γ agonists, such as thiazolidinediones, aP2 inhibitors, dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP4) inhibitors, SGLT2 inhibitors, and/or meglitinides, as well as insulin, and/or glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1).
  • The other antidiabetic agent may be an oral antihyperglycemic agent preferably a biguanide such as metformin or phenformin or salts thereof, preferably metformin HCl.
  • Where the antidiabetic agent is a biguanide, the compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to biguanide within the range from about 0.001:1 to about 10:1, preferably from about 0.01:1 to about 5:1.
  • The other antidiabetic agent may also preferably be a sulfonyl urea such as glyburide (also known as glibenclamide), glimepiride (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,785), glipizide, gliclazide or chlorpropamide, other known sulfonylureas or other antihyperglycemic agents which act on the ATP-dependent channel of the □-cells, with glyburide and glipizide being preferred, which may be administered in the same or in separate oral dosage forms.
  • The compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the sulfonyl urea in the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.02:1 to about 5:1.
  • The oral antidiabetic agent may also be a glucosidase inhibitor such as acarbose (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,769) or miglitol (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,639,436), which may be administered in the same or in a separate oral dosage forms.
  • The compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the glucosidase inhibitor within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05:1 to about 10:1.
  • The compounds of structure I may be employed in combination with a PPAR γ agonist such as a thiazolidinedione oral anti-diabetic agent or other insulin sensitizers (which has an insulin sensitivity effect in NIDDM patients) such as troglitazone (Warner-Lambert's Rezulin®, disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,912), rosiglitazone (SKB), pioglitazone (Takeda), Mitsubishi's MCC-555 (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,594,016), Glaxo-Welcome's GL-262570, englitazone (CP-68722, Pfizer) or darglitazone (CP-86325, Pfizer, isaglitazone (MIT/J&J), JTT-501 (JPNT/P&U), L-895645 (Merck), R-119702 (Sankyo/WL), NN-2344 (Dr. Reddy/NN), or YM-440 (Yamanouchi), preferably rosiglitazone and pioglitazone.
  • The compounds of structure I will be employed in a weight ratio to the thiazolidinedione in an amount within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05 to about 10:1.
  • The sulfonyl urea and thiazolidinedione in amounts of less than about 150 mg oral antidiabetic agent may be incorporated in a single tablet with the compounds of structure I.
  • The compounds of structure I may also be employed in combination with a antihyperglycemic agent such as insulin or with glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) such as GLP-1(1-36) amide, GLP-1(7-36) amide, GLP-1(7-37) (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,614,492 to Habener, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference), as well as AC2993 (Amylin) and LY-315902 (Lilly), which may be administered via injection, intranasal, inhalation or by transdermal or buccal devices.
  • Where present, metformin, the sulfonyl ureas, such as glyburide, glimepiride, glipyride, glipizide, chlorpropamide and gliclazide and the glucosidase inhibitors acarbose or miglitol or insulin (injectable, pulmonary, buccal, or oral) may be employed in formulations as described above and in amounts and dosing as indicated in the Physician's Desk Reference (PDR).
  • Where present, metformin or salt thereof may be employed in amounts within the range from about 500 to about 2000 mg per day which may be administered in single or divided doses one to four times daily.
  • Where present, the thiazolidinedione anti-diabetic agent may be employed in amounts within the range from about 0.01 to about 2000 mg/day which may be administered in single or divided doses one to four times per day.
  • Where present insulin may be employed in formulations, amounts and dosing as indicated by the Physician's Desk Reference.
  • Where present GLP-1 peptides may be administered in oral buccal formulations, by nasal administration or parenterally as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,346,701 (TheraTech), U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,614,492 and 5,631,224 which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • The other antidiabetic agent may also be a PPAR α/γ dual agonist such as AR-HO39242 (Astra/Zeneca), GW-409544 (Glaxo-Wellcome), KRP297 (Kyorin Merck) as well as those disclosed by Murakami et al, “A Novel Insulin Sensitizer Acts As a Coligand for Peroxisome Proliferation-Activated Receptor Alpha (PPAR alpha) and PPAR gamma. Effect on PPAR alpha Activation on Abnormal Lipid Metabolism in Liver of Zucker Fatty Rats”, Diabetes 47, 1841-1847 (1998).
  • The antidiabetic agent may be an SGLT2 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/679,027, filed Oct. 4, 2000 (attorney file LA49 NP), employing dosages as set out therein. Preferred are the compounds designated as preferred in the above application.
  • The antidiabetic agent may be an aP2 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/391,053, filed Sep. 7, 1999, and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/519,079, filed Mar. 6, 2000 (attorney file LA27 NP), employing dosages as set out herein. Preferred are the compounds designated as preferred in the above application.
  • The antidiabetic agent may be a DP4 inhibitor such as disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/788,173 filed Feb. 16, 2001 (attorney file LA50), WO99/38501, WO99/46272, WO99/67279 (PROBIODRUG), WO99/67278 (PROBIODRUG), WO99/61431 (PROBIODRUG), NVP-DPP728A (1-[[[2-[(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetyl]-2-cyano-(S)-pyrrolidine) (Novartis) (preferred) as disclosed by Hughes et al, Biochemistry, 38(36), 11597-11603, 1999, TSL-225 (tryptophyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (disclosed by Yamada et al, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 8 (1998) 1537-1540, 2-cyanopyrrolidides and 4-cyanopyrrolidides as disclosed by Ashworth et al, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett., Vol. 6, No. 22, pp 1163-1166 and 2745-2748 (1996) employing dosages as set out in the above references.
  • The meglitinide which may optionally be employed in combination with the compound of formula I of the invention may be repaglinide, nateglinide (Novartis) or KAD1229 (PF/Kissei), with repaglinide being preferred.
  • The compound of formula I will be employed in a weight ratio to the meglitinide, PPAR γ agonist, PPAR α/γ dual agonist, aP2 inhibitor, DP4 inhibitor or SGLT2 inhibitor within the range from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, preferably from about 0.05 to about 10:1.
  • The other type of therapeutic agent which may be optionally employed with a compound of formula I may be 1, 2, 3 or more of an anti-obesity agent including a beta 3 adrenergic agonist, a lipase inhibitor, a serotonin (and dopamine) reuptake inhibitor, an aP2 inhibitor, a thyroid receptor agonist and/or an anorectic agent.
  • The beta 3 adrenergic agonist which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be AJ9677 (Takeda/Dainippon), L750355 (Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,541,204, 5,770,615, 5,491,134, 5,776,983 and 5,488,064, with AJ9677, L750,355 and CP331648 being preferred.
  • The lipase inhibitor which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be orlistat or ATL-962 (Alizyme), with orlistat being preferred.
  • The serotonin (and dopoamine) reuptake inhibitor which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be sibutramine, topiramate (Johnson & Johnson) or axokine (Regeneron), with sibutramine and topiramate being preferred.
  • The thyroid receptor agonist which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be a thyroid receptor ligand as disclosed in WO97/21993 (U. Cal SF), WO99/00353 (KaroBio), GB98/284425 (KaroBio), and U.S. Provisional Application 60/183,223 filed Feb. 17, 2000, with compounds of the KaroBio applications and the above U.S. provisional application being preferred.
  • The anorectic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with a compound of formula I may be dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine or mazindol, with dexamphetamine being preferred.
  • The various anti-obesity agents described above may be employed in the same dosage form with the compound of formula I or in different dosage forms, in dosages and regimens as generally known in the art or in the PDR.
  • The antihypertensive agents which may be employed in combination with the compound of formula I of the invention include ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, NEP/ACE inhibitors, as well as calcium channel blockers, β-adrenergic blockers and other types of antihypertensive agents including diuretics.
  • The angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor which may be employed herein includes those containing a mercapto (—S—) moiety such as substituted proline derivatives, such as any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,046,889 to Ondetti et al mentioned above, with captopril, that is, 1-[(2S)-3-mercapto-2-methylpropionyl]-L-proline, being preferred, and mercaptoacyl derivatives of substituted prolines such as any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,316,906 with zofenopril being preferred.
  • Other examples of mercapto containing ACE inhibitors that may be employed herein include rentiapril (fentiapril, Santen) disclosed in Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 10: 131 (1983); as well as pivopril and YS980.
  • Other examples of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors which may be employed herein include any of those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,374,829 mentioned above, with N-(1-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylpropyl)-L-alanyl-L-proline, that is, enalapril, being preferred, any of the phosphonate substituted amino or imino acids or salts disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,452,790 with (S)-1-[6-amino-2-[[hydroxy-(4-phenylbutyl)phosphinyl]oxy]-1-oxohexyl]-L-proline or (ceronapril) being preferred, phosphinylalkanoyl prolines disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,168,267 mentioned above with fosinopril being preferred, any of the phosphinylalkanoyl substituted prolines disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,337,201, and the phosphonamidates disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,432,971 discussed above.
  • Other examples of ACE inhibitors that may be employed herein include Beecham's BRL 36,378 as disclosed in European Patent Application Nos. 80822 and 60668; Chugai's MC-838 disclosed in C.A. 102:72588v and Jap. J. Pharmacol. 40: 373 (1986); Ciba-Geigy's CGS 14824 (3-([1-ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenyl-(1S)-propyl]amino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo-1-(3S)-benzazepine-1 acetic acid HCl) disclosed in U.K. Patent No. 2103614 and CGS 16,617 (3(S)-[[(1S)-5-amino-1-carboxypentyl]amino]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo-1H-1-benzazepine-1-ethanoic acid) disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,473,575; cetapril (alacepril, Dainippon) disclosed in Eur. Therap. Res. 39: 671 (1986); 40: 543 (1986); ramipril (Hoechsst) disclosed in Euro. Patent No. 79-022 and Curr. Ther. Res. 40: 74 (1986); Ru 44570 (Hoechst) disclosed in Arzneimittelforschung 34: 1254 (1985), cilazapril (Hoffman-LaRoche) disclosed in J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 9: 39 (1987); R 31-2201 (Hoffman-LaRoche) disclosed in FEBS Lett. 165: 201 (1984); lisinopril (Merck), indalapril (delapril) disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,385,051; indolapril (Schering) disclosed in J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 5: 643, 655 (1983), spirapril (Schering) disclosed in Acta. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 59 (Supp. 5): 173 (1986); perindopril (Servier) disclosed in Eur. J. clin. Pharmacol. 31: 519 (1987); quinapril (Warner-Lambert) disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,344,949 and CI925 (Warner-Lambert) ([3S-[2[R(*)R(*)]]3R(*)]-2-[2-[[1-(ethoxy-carbonyl)-3-phenylpropyl]amino]-1-oxopropyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6,7-dimethoxy-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid HCl) disclosed in Pharmacologist 26: 243, 266 (1984), WY-44221 (Wyeth) disclosed in J. Med. Chem. 26: 394 (1983).
  • Preferred ACE inhibitors are captopril, fosinopril, enalapril, lisinopril, quinapril, benazepril, fentiapril, ramipril and moexipril.
  • NEP/ACE inhibitors may also be employed herein in that they possess neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitory activity and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitory activity. Examples of NEP/ACE inhibitors suitable for use herein include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,362,727, 5,366,973, 5,225,401, 4,722,810, 5,223,516, 4,749,688, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,397, U.S. Pat. No. 5,504,080, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,359,U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,723, European Patent Application 0599,444, 0481,522, 0599,444, 0595,610, European Patent Application 0534363A2, 534,396 and 534,492, and European Patent Application 0629627A2.
  • Preferred are those NEP/ACE inhibitors and dosages thereof which are designated as preferred in the above patents/applications which U.S. patents are incorporated herein by reference; most preferred are omapatrilat, BMS 189,921 ([S—(R*,R*)]-hexahydro-6-[(2-mercapto-1-oxo-3-phenylpropyl)amino]-2,2-dimethyl-7-oxo-1H-azepine-1-acetic acid (gemopatrilat)) and CGS 30440.
  • The angiotensin II receptor antagonist (also referred to herein as angiotensin II antagonist or AII antagonist) suitable for use herein includes, but is not limited to, irbesartan, losartan, valsartan, candesartan, telmisartan, tasosartan or eprosartan, with irbesartan, losartan or valsartan being preferred.
  • A preferred oral dosage form, such as tablets or capsules, will contain the ACE inhibitor or AII antagonist in an amount within the range from abut 0.1 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 5 to about 200 mg and more preferably from about 10 to about 150 mg.
  • For parenteral administration, the ACE inhibitor, angiotensin II antagonist or NEP/ACE inhibitor will be employed in an amount within the range from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg and preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg.
  • Where a drug is to be administered intravenously, it will be formulated in conventional vehicles, such as distilled water, saline, Ringer's solution or other conventional carriers.
  • It will be appreciated that preferred dosages of ACE inhibitor and AII antagonist as well as other antihypertensives disclosed herein will be as set out in the latest edition of the Physician's Desk Reference (PDR).
  • Other examples of preferred antihypertensive agents suitable for use herein include omapatrilat (Vanlev®) amlodipine besylate (Norvasc®), prazosin HCl (Minipress®), verapamil, nifedipine, nadolol, diltiazem, felodipine, nisoldipine, isradipine, nicardipine, atenolol, carvedilol, sotalol, terazosin, doxazosin, propranolol, and clonidine HCl (Catapres®).
  • Diuretics which may be employed in combination with compounds of formula I include hydrochlorothiazide, torasemide, furosemide, spironolactono, and indapamide.
  • Antiplatelet agents which may be employed in combination with compounds of formula I of the invention include aspirin, clopidogrel, ticlopidine, dipyridamole, abciximab, tirofiban, eptifibatide, anagrelide, and ifetroban, with clopidogrel and aspirin being preferred.
  • The antiplatelet drugs may be employed in amounts as indicated in the PDR. Ifetroban may be employed in amounts as set out in U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,889.
  • Antiosteoporosis agents suitable for use herein in combination with the compounds of formula I of the invention include parathyroid hormone or bisphosphonates, such as MK-217 (alendronate) (Fosamax®).
  • Dosages employed for the above drugs will be as set out in the Physician's Desk Reference.
  • Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle that may be administered to a subject, together with a compound of the present invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following: ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (“SEDDS”) such as d(-tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat. Cyclodextrins such as α-, β- and γ-cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives may also be used to enhance delivery of the modulators of the present invention.
  • The compositions of the present invention may contain other therapeutic agents as described below, and may be formulated, for example, by employing conventional solid or liquid vehicles or diluents, as well as pharmaceutical additives of a type appropriate to the mode of desired administration (for example, excipients, binders, preservatives, stabilizers, flavors, etc.) according to techniques such as those well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation.
  • The compounds of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents. The compounds of the invention may, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds of the invention, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps. The compounds of the invention may also be administered liposomally.
  • Exemplary compositions for oral administration include suspensions which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose for imparting bulk, alginic acid or sodium alginate as a suspending agent, methylcellulose as a viscosity enhancer, and sweeteners or flavoring agents such as those known in the art; and immediate release tablets which may contain, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch, magnesium stearate and/or lactose and/or other excipients, binders, extenders, disintegrants, diluents and lubricants such as those known in the art. The present compunds may also be delivered through the oral cavity by sublingual and/or buccal administration. Molded tablets, compressed tablets or freeze-dried tablets are exemplary forms which may be used. Exemplary compositions include those formulating the compound(s) of the invention with fast dissolving diluents such as mannitol, lactose, sucrose and/or cyclodextrins. Also included in such formulations may be high molecular weight excipients such as celluloses (Avicel) or polyethylene glycols (PEG). Such formulations may also include an excipient to aid mucosal adhesion such as hydroxy propyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxy methyl cellulose (SCMC), maleic anhydride copolymer (e.g., Gantrez), and agents to control release such as polyacrylic copolymer (e.g., Carbopol 934). Lubricants, glidants, flavors, coloring agents and stabilizers may also be added for ease of fabrication and use.
  • Exemplary compositions for nasal aerosol or inhalation administration include solutions in saline which may contain, for example, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents such as those known in the art.
  • Exemplary compositions for parenteral administration include injectable solutions or suspensions which may contain, for example, suitable non-toxic, parenterally acceptable diluents or solvents, such as mannitol, 1,3-butanediol, water, Ringer's solution, an isotonic sodium chloride solution, or other suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides, and fatty acids, including oleic acid. The term “parenteral” as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • Exemplary compositions for rectal administration include suppositories which may contain, for example, a suitable non-irritating excipient, such as cocoa butter, synthetic glyceride esters or polyethylene glycols, which are solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquify and/or dissolve in the rectal cavity to release the drug.
  • Exemplary compositions for topical administration include a topical carrier such as Plastibase (mineral oil gelled with polyethylene).
  • The effective amount of a compound of the present invention may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and includes exemplary dosage amounts for an adult human of from about 0.1 to 500 mg/kg of body weight of active compound per day, or between 5 and 2000 mg per day which may be administered in a single dose or in the form of individual divided doses, such as from 1 to 5 times per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the species, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject, the mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and severity of the particular condition. Preferred subjects for treatment include animals, most preferably mammalian species such as humans, and domestic animals such as dogs, cats and the like.
  • A typical capsule for oral administration contains compounds of structure I (250 mg), lactose (75 mg) and magnesium stearate (15 mg). The mixture is passed through a 60 mesh sieve and packed into a No. 1 gelatin capsule.
  • A typical injectable preparation is produced by aseptically placing 250 mg of compounds of structure I into a vial, aseptically freeze-drying and sealing. For use, the contents of the vial are mixed with 2 mL of physiological saline, to produce an injectable preparation.
  • The compounds of formula I of the invention are glucocorticoid receptor modulators as shown by their ability to bind glucocorticoid receptors in GR binding assays.
  • Compounds of formula I of the invention may also inhibit AP-1 activity as indicated in cellular transrespressional assays, and cause none to minimal transactivation as indicated in cellular transscriptional assays.
  • The GR binding assay, cellular transrespressional assay and cellular transcriptional assay employed are described in copending provisional application No. 60/396,907, filed Jul. 18, 2002 (attorney docket D0250 PSP) which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • The following abbreviations are employed in the Examples:
    • Ph=phenyl
    • Bn=benzyl
    • t-Bu=tertiary butyl
    • Me=methyl
    • Et=ethyl
    • TMS=trimethylsilyl
    • TMSN3=trimethylsilyl azide
    • TBS=tert-butyldimethylsilyl
    • FMOC=fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl
    • Boc=tert-butoxycarbonyl
    • Cbz=carbobenzyloxy or carbobenzoxy or benzyloxycarbonyl
    • THF=tetrahydrofuran
    • Et2O=diethyl ether
    • hex=hexanes
    • EtOAc=ethyl acetate
    • DMF=dimethyl formamide
    • MeOH=methanol
    • EtOH=ethanol
    • i-PrOH=isopropanol
    • DMSO=dimethyl sulfoxide
    • DME=1,2 dimethoxyethane
    • DCE=1,2 dichloroethane
    • HMPA=hexamethyl phosphoric triamide
    • HOAc or AcOH=acetic acid
    • TFA=trifluoroacetic acid
    • TFAA=trifluoroacetic anhydride
    • i-Pr2NEt=diisopropylethylamine
    • Et3N=triethylamine
    • NMM=N-methyl morpholine
    • DMAP=4-dimethylaminopyridine
    • NaBH4=sodium borohydride
    • NaBH(OAc)3=sodium triacetoxyborohydride
    • DIBALH=diisobutyl aluminum hydride
    • LAH or LiAlH4=lithium aluminum hydride
    • n-BuLi=n-butyllithium
    • LDA=lithium diisopropylamide
    • Pd/C=palladium on carbon
    • PtO2=platinum oxide
    • KOH=potassium hydroxide
    • NaOH=sodium hydroxide
    • LiOH=lithium hydroxide
    • K2CO3=potassium carbonate
    • NaHCO3=sodium bicarbonate
    • DBU=1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
    • EDC (or EDC.HCl) or EDCI (or EDCI.HCl) or EDAC=3-ethyl-3′-(dimethylamino)propyl-carbodiimide hydrochloride (or 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride)
    • HOBT or HOBT.H2O=1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate
    • HOAT=1-Hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
    • BOP reagent=benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
    • NaN(TMS)2=sodium hexamethyldisilazide or sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
    • Ph3P=triphenylphosphine
    • Pd(OAc)2=Palladium acetate
    • (Ph3P)4Pdo=tetrakis triphenylphosphine palladium
    • DEAD=diethyl azodicarboxylate
    • DIAD=diisopropyl azodicarboxylate
    • Cbz-Cl=benzyl chloroformate
    • CAN=ceric ammonium nitrate
    • SAX=Strong Anion Exchanger
    • SCX=Strong Cation Exchanger
    • Ar=argon
    • N2=nitrogen
    • min=minute(s)
    • h or hr=hour(s)
    • L=liter
    • mL=milliliter
    • L=microliter
    • g=gram(s)
    • mg=milligram(s)
    • mol=moles
    • mmol=millimole(s)
    • meq=milliequivalent
    • RT=room temperature
    • sat or sat'd=saturated
    • aq.=aqueous
    • TLC=thin layer chromatography
    • HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography
    • LC/MS=high performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry
    • MS or Mass Spec=mass spectrometry
    • NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance
    • NMR spectral data: s=singlet; d=doublet; m=multiplet; br=broad; t=triplet
    • mp=melting point
    Preparations
  • The preparations set out below are for the synthesis of reagents that were not obtained from commercial sources and were employed for the preparation of compounds of formula I of the invention. All chemical structures in the tables and schemes are racemic unless specified otherwise.
  • Preparation 1 2-Amino-4-[1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl]thiazole 1a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00075

    Step 1
  • To a solution of 4′-fluoro-1′-acetonaphthone (28.69 mmol, 5.4 g) in 1,4-dioxane (18.0 mL) at 0° C. was added bromine (35.13 mmol, 5.61 g). After 3 hours at room temperature the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 7.66 g (Y: δ 100%) of the product of step 1.
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (28.69 mmol, 7.66 g) in ethyl alcohol (20 mL) at room temperature was added thiourea (36.13 mmol, 2.75 g). After 1 hour at room temperature a precipitate formed. To the reaction mixture was added water (100 mL) and the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was then washed with water (3×100 mL) and dichloromethane (3×100 mL). The solid was then dried in vacuo to give 5.5 g (Y: 75%) of the title compound 1a. MS (E+) m/z: 245 (MH+).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared from the corresponding ketone.
    Preparation Structure
    1b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00076
    1c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00077
    1d
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00078
    1e
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00079
    1f
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00080
    1g
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00081
    1h
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00082
    1i
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00083
    1j
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00084
    1k
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00085
    1l
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00086
    1m
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00087
    1n
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00088
    1o
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00089
    1p
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00090
    1q
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00091
    1r
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00092
    1s
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00093
    1t
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00094
    1u
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00095
    1v
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00096
    1w
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00097
  • Preparation 2 2-Amino-4-[1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl]imidazole 2a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00098

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 1a, step 1 (18.73 mmol, 5.0 g) in DMF (15 mL) at room temperature was added 1-acetylguanidine (57.43 mmol, 5.80 g). After 5 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 2.0 g (Y: 39%) of the product of step 1. MS (E+) m/z: 270 (MH+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (7.43 mmol, 2.0 g) in methanol (17 mL) was added water (8.5 mL) and 12 N HCl (12.0 mL). After 1 hour at reflux the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 15 mL. The resulting solution was then purified and neutralized by cation exchange SPE to give 1.66 g (Y: 99%) of the title compound 2a. MS (E+) m/z: 228 (MH+).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared from the corresponding ketones.
    Preparation Structure
    2b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00099
    2c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00100
    2d
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00101
    2e
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00102
  • Preparation 3 2-Amino-4-(1-naphthyl)oxazole 3a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00103

    Step 1
  • To a solution of 1-acetonaphthone (29.38 mmol, 5.0 g) in glacial acetic acid (10.0 mL) at RT was added bromine (30.06 mmol, 4.80 g) in glacial acetic acid (5.0 mL). After 5 minutes the reaction mixture was poured onto crushed ice and extracted with dichloromethane to give 7.31 g (Y: 100%) of the product of step 1. MS (E+) m/z: 250 (MH+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (5.50 mmol, 1.37 g) in ethyl alcohol (10 mL) was added urea (27.50 mmol, 1.65 g). After 2 hours at reflux the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 100 mg (Y: 9%) of the title compound 3a. MS (E+) m/z: 211 (MH+).
  • Preparation 4 5-(1-Naphthyl)-3-aminoisoxazole 4a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00104

    Step 1
  • To a solution of acetonitrile (12.18 mmol, 0.50 g) in THF (10.0 mL) was added 60% sodium hydride (24.36 mmol, 0.975 g), followed by 1-naphthoic acid methyl ester (12.18 mmol, 2.27 g). After 2 hours at 70° C. the reaction mixture was quenched with an excess of 1N HCl and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 33% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 1.80 g (Y: 76%) of the product of step 1. MS (E+) m/z: 196 (MH+).
  • Step 2
  • Hydroxylamine sulfate (1.61 mmol, 264 mg) was added to a stirred solution of the product of step 1 (2.94 mmol, 573 mg) and NaOH (3.53 mmol, 141 mg) in 50% aq. EtOH (6.0 mL). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 5 hours and then stirred at RT for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with an excess of 1N HCl, washed with dichloromethane (3×50 mL), neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuo to give 237 mg (Y: 38%) of the title compound 4a. MS (E+) m/z: 211 (MH+).
  • Preparation 5 3-(1-Naphthyl)-5-aminopyrazole 5a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00105
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 4, step 1 (2.70 mmol, 527 mg) in EtOH (5.0 mL) was added hydrazine (2.70 mmol, 85 mg). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h, cooled, diluted with 1N HCl, washed with dichloromethane (3×50 mL), neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give 280 mg (Y: 51%) of the title compound 5a. MS (E+) m/z: 210 (MH+).
  • Preparation 6 4-[1-(6-Methoxy)naphthyl]-2-aminothiazole 6a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00106

    Step 1
  • To a solution of 6-methoxy-1-naphthoic acid (0.5 g, 2.47 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at room temperature was added a solution of oxalyl chloride (2M in dichloromethane, 2.5 mL, 5.0 mmol, 2 equi.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and the excess oxalyl chloride removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in methanol and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo, yielding 0.45 g (84%) of the product of step 1: LC/MS (m/z 217, (M−H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.82 (d, 1H), 8.03 (dd, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.44 (t, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
  • Step 2
  • Reference: P. Chen, P. T. Cheng, S. H. Spergel, R. Zahler, X. Wang, J. Thottathil, J. C. Barrish, R. P. Polniaszek, Tetrahedron Letters, 38, 3175 (1997).
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.238 g, 1.1 mmol, 1.0 equi.) and chloroiodomethane (0.32 mL, 4.4 mmol, 4 equi.) in THF (5 mL) was added a solution of LDA (2M, 2.2 mL, 4.0 equi.) in THF (10 mL) dropwise in 30 minutes, while keeping the solution temperature at −78° C. The reaction solution was stirred at −78° C. for 10 minutes. A solution of acetic acid (1.5 mL) in THF (10 mL) was added in dropwise in 10 minutes. After stirring for an additional 10 minutes at −78° C., the solution was quenched with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bisulfite, saturated sodium chloride, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexane) to yield 0.23 g (90%) of the product of step 2: LC/MS (m/z 235, (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.82 (d, 1H), 8.03 (dd, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.44 (t, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
  • Step 3
  • To a solution of the product of step 2 (0.23 g, 1.0 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in ethanol (5 mL) at room temperature was added thiourea (90 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, after which a yellow precipitate was formed. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield 200 mg (78%) of the title compound 6a: LC/MS (m/z 235, (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.9 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dd, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared.
    Preparation Structure
    6b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00107
    6c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00108
  • Preparation 7 4-[1-(6-Methoxy)naphthyl]-2-aminoimidazole 7a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00109

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 6, step 2 (0.5 g, 2.14 mmol, 1.0 equi.), in ethanol (5 mL) at room temperature was added 1-acetylguanidine (650 mg, 6.42 mmol, 3.0 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield 0.2 g (35%) of the product of step 1: LC/MS (m/z 282, (M+H)+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.2 g, 0.7 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in methanol (5 mL) was added water (1.0 mL) and hydrochloric acid (12N, 1.0 mL). The reaction solution was heated to reflux for 1 hour, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by cation exchange SPE to give 0.12 g (70%) of the title compound 7a: LC/MS (m/z 240, (M+H)+).
  • Preparation 8 4-(3-Pyridyl)-2-aminothiazole 8a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00110

    Step 1
  • To a solution of 3-acetylpyridine (20.0 mmol, 2.42 g) in 48% HBr (10.0 mL) was added bromine (20.0 mmol, 3.2 g) in 48% HBr (4.0 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 65° C. for one hour and stirred at RT for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice and filtered. The solid was washed with acetone (2×10 mL) and diethyl ether (2×10 mL). The solid was then dried in vacuo to give 3.70 g (Y: 83%) of the product of step 1.
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (6.10 mmol, 1.22 g) in ethyl alcohol (10 mL) at room temperature was added thiourea (7.32 mmol, 560 mg). After 1 hour at room temperature the reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (3×100 mL). The aqueous layer was then purified by cation exchange chromatography to give 600 mg (Y: 56%) of the title compound 8a. MS (E+) m/z: 178 (MH+).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared.
    Preparation Structure
    8b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00111
    8c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00112
    8d
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00113
  • Preparation 9 4-(1-Isoquinolinyl)-2-aminothiazole 9a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00114

    Step 1
  • To a solution of 1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (11.55 mmol, 2.0 g) in THF (20.0 mL) and methanol (10.0 mL) is added trimethylsilyldiazomethane (69.3 mmol, 32.0 mL of a 2 M solution in hexanes). After 2 h at RT the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.17 g (Y: 99%) of the product of step 1. MS (E+) m/z: 188 (MH+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (10.69 mmol, 2.0 g) in dichloromethane (100.0 mL) was added trimethylaluminum (32.88 mmol, 16.44 mL of a 2.0 M solution in toluene) at −78° C. After the addition was complete the reaction was allowed to warm to 0° C. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 930 mg (Y: 51%) of the product of step 2. MS (E+) m/z: 172 (MH+).
  • Step 3
  • The product of step 2 was converted to the title compound 9a as described in preparation 8, step 2. MS (E+) m/z: 228 (MH+).
  • Preparation 10 5-(1-naphthyl)-2-aminopyridine 10a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00115
  • Potassium carbonate (5.19 mmol, 717 mg) in water (2.5 mL) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.04 mol %, 80 mg) in ethyl alcohol (2.5 mL) were added to 2-amino-5-bromopyridine (1.73 mmol, 299 mg) and 1-naphthaleneboronic acid (2.60 mmol, 446 mg) in benzene (10.0 mL). After 2 hours at 90° C. the reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 260 mg (Y: 68%) of the title compound 10a. MS (E+) m/z: 381 (MH+).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared.
    Preparation Structure
    10b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00116
    10c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00117
  • Preparation 11a 4-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-thiazol-2-ylamine
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00118

    Step 1
  • A suspension of 2,3-dihydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (336 mg, 2 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.56 g, 4.8 mmol) in DMF was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. 1,2-Dibromoethane (0.224 ml, 2.6 mmol) was added to the DMF solution. The mixture was stirred at 80 C for 4 h, and then diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product. It was chromatographed on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (20%-40%) as eluent to afford 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a white solid. (223 mg, 1.14 mmol, 57.4% yield).
  • Step 2
  • Reference: Tetrahedron Lett, 1997, 3173-78
  • To a mixture of 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.515 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (0.075 ml, 1.03 mmol) in 1 ml of THF was added a solution of LDA in THF (2M, 0.57 ml, 1.13 mmol) dropwise at −78 C over 15 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78 C for 10 min. A solution of acetic acid (0.75 ml) in THF (5 ml) was added dropwise over 5 min at −78 C. The resulting solution was stirred at the same temperature for additional 10 min. and was then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude 2-chloro-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-ethanone as a light brown liquid.
  • Step 3
  • The crude product of step 2 was dissolved in EtOH (1.5 ml). Thiourea (76 mg, 1 mmol) was added followed by addition of TEA (0.14 ml, 1 mmol). The solution was heated at 80 C for 6 h. After removal of ethanol, the reaction mixture was taken into ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed with 0.5 N HCl. After separation, the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 9 with sodium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give 4-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-thiazol-2-ylamine 11a as a brown solid, 37 mg (0.16 mmol, 31% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.46 (dd, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.75-6.83 (m, 2H), 5.33 (br s, 2H), 4.23-4.34 (m, 4H); LC/MS m/z 235 (M+H)+.
  • Preparation 11b 4-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl-thiazol-2-ylamine
  • Preparation 11b was prepared in a similar manner to preparation 11a.
    Compound Structure
    11b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00119
  • Preparation 12a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00120

    Step 1
  • To 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dinitrobenzene (5.0 g, 25.489 mmol) under nitrogen in 50.0 mL DMF was added 10.16 mL N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (76.468 mmol, 9.112 g, 3.0 eq). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen at 140° C. for 5 h, allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under vacuum to afford a dark, black solid. To this solid was added 330 mL of 50% aqueous THF, followed by sodium periodate (32.7 g, 152.9 mmol, 6 eq). The solution turned red and produced a slight exotherm. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 5 h. This mixture was then filtered through a scintered glass funnel to remove excess solid material and rinsed with ethyl acetate until colorless. (Total volume of eluent was 750 mL after rinsing). The filtrate was washed with 100 mL saturated NaHCO3(aq). The aqueous was extracted again with 200 mL ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated under vacuum. The remaining crude oil was chromatographed using silica gel eluted with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes to yield 2.77 g of the product of step 1 as a yellow solid (48%).
  • Step 2
  • The product of step 1 (1.93 g, 8.62 mmol) and powdered iron (3.85 g, 68.93 mmol, 8 eq) were placed into a flask containing 100 mL of a 2:2:1 mixture of ethanol/acetic acid/water, respectively. The flask was placed into a 0° C. ice bath and allowed to equilibrate for 20 minutes. 8 drops of concentrated HCl were added. The reaction began to change color (yellow to green to red/brown). After 1 hour, the cooling bath was removed and allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for an additional 1 hour at room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a thin pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to afford a yellow/green solid. This crude material was chromatographed using silica gel eluted with 30% hexanes in ethyl acetate. Removal of the solvent under vacuum yielded 1.165 g of the product of step 2 as a yellow/orange solid (82%).
  • Step 3
  • To the product of step 2 (901 mg, 5.49 mmol) under nitrogen in 30.0 mL ethanol was added 0.92 mL pyruvic acid (1.160 g, 13.173 mmol) followed by 13.0 mL of 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. 0.6 N Aqueous ammonia (˜100 mL) was added and the mixture was gently heated to 74° C. A 0.6N HCl/0.3N AcOH solution was added until pH was ˜4 to precipitate the product. The mixture was filtered to collect solid which was dried under vacuum to obtain 1.303 g of the product of step 3 as a yellow solid (88%).
  • Step 4
  • The product of step 3 (99 mg, 0.369 mmol) and ˜3 mg Cu2O (˜0.018 mmol, 0.05 eq) were placed under nitrogen in 3.0 mL di(ethylene glycol)methyl ether. The mixture was stirred at 165° C. for 6 h and ˜30 mL concentrated aqueous ammonia was added. The mixture was extracted with 2×100 mL methylene chloride and dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum and chromatographed using silica gel eluted with 1% triethylamine, 7% methanol in chloroform. The eluent was removed under vacuum to obtain 44 mg of the product of step 4 as a brown crystalline solid (67%) M+H=181.28.
  • Step 5
  • The product of step 4 (21 mg, 0.117 mmol), 49 μL methyl acrylic acid (50 mg, 0.583 mmol, 5 eq), and ˜3 mg hydroquinone were placed in a tube under nitrogen in 1.0 mL xylenes. The tube was sealed with a teflon lined cap and heated at 140° C. for 3 days. LC/MS shows reaction is complete. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude material was chromatographed using silica gel eluted with 1% triethylamine, 10% methanol in chloroform to afford 21 mg of the title compound 12a as a clear oil (68%). M+H=267.14.
  • Preparation 13
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00121

    Step 1 The product of preparation 12a, step 4 (128 mg, 0.710 mmol), ethyl methacrylate (442 μL, 3.551 mmol, 5 eq), and ˜20 mg hydroquinone into 5.0 mL xylenes were placed in a tube under nitrogen. The tube was sealed with a teflon lined cap and stirred at 140° C. for 3 days. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude material was directly purified on prep HPLC. The retention times on the HPLC (both analytical and prep) for the two isomeric products are very similar. 24 mgs of the pure minor isomer and 28 mg of a mixture of both the major and minor isomers was isolated.
    Step 2
  • The minor product of step 1 (24 mg, 0.082 mmol) was placed under nitrogen in 1.5 mL methanol. 0.3 mL of 1N NaOH were added and the mixture stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. An additional 0.1 mL of saturated aqueous NaOH were added and the mixture stirred an additional 5 h at 60° C. The mixture was allowed to cool, then 50 μL TFA were added. The mixture was purified directly on prep HPLC. Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford 21 mg of the title compound 13 as a clear oil (˜95%). M+H=267.
  • Preparation 14
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00122

    Step 1
    Reference: B. Bacle and G. Levesque, Polymer Communications, 28, 36 (1987).
  • A 1 L flask was charged with anthracene (14 g, 0.078 mol, 1.0 equi.), hydroquinone (0.8 g, 0.008 mol, 0.1 equi.), methacrylic acid (14 mL, 0.156 mol, 2.0 equi.) and xylene (500 mL). The solution was heated to reflux for 1 day. The solution was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and extracted with 1N NaOH (3×). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1N HCl, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic phases were concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product mixture. Recrystallization with hexane and ethyl acetate to yield 8 g (40%) of the product of step 1, 14: LC/MS (m/z 263 (M−H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.08-7.25 (m, 8H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.25(t, 1H), 2.61 (dd, 1H), 1.39 (dd, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H).
  • Step 2
  • The product of step 1, 14 was resolved into its corresponding enantiomers, 14(R) and 14(S) by chiral preparative HPLC with the following conditions, Column: Chiracel®-OJ, 5×50 cm, Mobile phase: trifluroacetic acid/acetonitrile: 1/1000 (vol/vol), Temperature: ambient, Flowrate: 70 mL/min, Injection: 1.5 grams in 50 mL solvent, Detection: UV (250 nm). Retention times for R-enantiomer, 30 min, S-enantiomer, 52 min. Analytical HPLC conditions, Column: Chiracel®-OJ, 4.6×250 cm, Mobile phase: trifluroacetic acid/acetonitrile: 1/1000 (vol/vol), Temperature: ambient, Flowrate: 1.5 mL/min, Detection: UV (250 nm). Retention times: R-enantiomer, 6.5 min, S-enantiomer, 15 min.
  • Preparation 15
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00123
  • Acrylic acid and anthracene were reacted as described in preparation 14 to provide compound 15.
  • Preparation 16a
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00124
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 preparation 14 (5.0 g, 18.9 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added an oxalyl chloride solution in dichloromethane (2M, 11.4 mL, 22.8 mmol, 1.2 equi.) dropwise. The solution was stirred at RT for 2 hours, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL) and added dropwise to a solution of ethylene glycol (1.27 mL, 22.8 mmol, 1.2 equi.) in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at RT for 4 hours and then the solution was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexane) yielded 2.0 g (34%) of compound 16a: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.09-7.27 (m, 8H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.31 (t, 1H), 4.11(m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 2.72 (dd, 1H), 1.42 (dd, 1H), 1.16(s, 3H).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared from the corresponding acids and alcohols.
    Chiral
    Preparation Number Compounds Structure
    16b
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00125
    16c
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00126
    16d
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00127
    16e Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00128
    16f Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00129
    16g Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00130
    16h Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00131
  • Preparation 17
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00132

    Reference: P. V. Alston, R. M. Ottenbrite, J. Newby, J. Org. Chem., 44, 4939 (1979).
  • 9-Anthracenecarboxylic acid (4 g, 0.017 mol, 1.0 equi.) was added to a mixture of methacrylic acid (20 mL, 0.23 mol, 14.0 equi.), benzene (20 mL) and hydroquinone (0.2 g, 0.0017 mol, 0.1 equi.). The solution was heated to reflux for 7 days. The solution was cooled and the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with benzene. The precipitate was recrystallized with hexane and ethyl acetate to yield 0.4 g (7.2%) of the ortho product 17a: MS (m/z 321(M−H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.1-7.28 (m, 8H), 4.25 (t, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 2.25 (dd, 1H), 1.69 (dd, 1H), 1.08 (s, 3H). The filtrate was extracted with 1N NaOH (3×). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1N HCl, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization of the residue with hexane and ethyl acetate yielded 0.2 g (4%) of the meta product 17b MS (m/z 321 (M−H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.16-7.27 (m, 8H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 2.90 (d, 1H), 1.67 (d, 1H), 1.06 (s, 3H).
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared from methacrylic acid and the appropriate anthracene.
    Preparation
    Number Structure
    17C
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00133
    17D
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00134
    17E
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00135
    17F
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00136
    17G
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00137
    17H
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00138
    17I
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00139
    17J
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00140
  • EXAMPLES
  • The following Examples represent preferred embodiments of the invention.
  • Example 1
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00141
  • To a solution of the product of Preparation 14, step 1 (20 mg, 0.075 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (DEC) (17 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (12 mg. 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.), triethyl amine (0.025 mL, 0.18 mmol, 2.5 equi.), and 2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiazole hydrochloride salt (14.8 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours. The reaction was then concentrated in vacuo. The product mixture was purified by flash chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to yield 19.8 mg (70%) of Example 1. LC/MS (m/z 375, (M+H)+).
  • Examples 2 to 339
  • In a similar manner Examples 2-339 were prepared from the coupling of the appropriate acids and amines. Preparations of amines or acids not commercially available are described in the preceding preparations section of this document. All examples in the tables are racemic unless specified otherwise. Examples in the table where one enantiomer predominates or is the sole component, are designated as either R or S.
    Chiral MS: (M + H =
    Example Compounds Structure MW + 1)
    2
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00142
    513.6
    3
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00143
    409.5
    4
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00144
    414.5
    5
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00145
    475.5
    6
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00146
    364.5
    7
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00147
    482.6
    8
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00148
    443.6
    9
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00149
    382.5
    10
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00150
    524.6
    11
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00151
    422.5
    12
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00152
    410.5
    13
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00153
    395.5
    14
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00154
    446.6
    15
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00155
    426.5
    16
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00156
    393.5
    17
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00157
    499.6
    18
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00158
    482.6
    19
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00159
    400.4
    20
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00160
    379.5
    21
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00161
    461.5
    22
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00162
    350.4
    23
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00163
    429.5
    24
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00164
    367.5
    25
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00165
    368.4
    26
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00166
    408.5
    27
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00167
    396.5
    28
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00168
    381.5
    29
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00169
    403.5
    30
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00170
    412.5
    31
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00171
    418.4
    32
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00172
    409.5
    33
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00173
    484.4
    34
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00174
    395.46
    35
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00175
    359.5
    36
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00176
    396.5
    37
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00177
    426.5
    38
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00178
    354.5
    39
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00179
    374.9
    40-41
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00180
    354.5
    42
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00181
    354.5
    43
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00182
    475.6
    44
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00183
    393.5
    45
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00184
    372.4
    46
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00185
    390.5
    47
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00186
    393.5
    48
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00187
    395.5
    49
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00188
    380.9
    50
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00189
    415.5
    51
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00190
    425.5
    52
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00191
    402.5
    53
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00192
    374.4
    54
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00193
    400.5
    55
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00194
    368.5
    56
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00195
    393.5
    57
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00196
    357.5
    58
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00197
    59
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00198
    369.5
    60
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00199
    369.5
    61
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00200
    383.5
    62
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00201
    399.5
    63
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00202
    399.5
    64
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00203
    422.4
    65
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00204
    422.4
    66
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00205
    413.5
    67
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00206
    409.5
    68
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00207
    329.4
    69
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00208
    360.5
    70
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00209
    432.5
    71
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00210
    397.5
    72
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00211
    370.5
    73
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00212
    446.6
    74
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00213
    368.5
    75
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00214
    383.5
    76
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00215
    354.5
    77-78
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00216
    354.5
    79
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00217
    390.5
    80
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00218
    357.5
    81
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00219
    390.5
    82
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00220
    446.6
    83
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00221
    373.5
    84
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00222
    383.5
    85
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00223
    343.4
    86
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00224
    360.5
    87
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00225
    437.6
    88
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00226
    390.5
    89
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00227
    374.4
    90
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00228
    369.5
    91
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00229
    422.4
    92
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00230
    383.5
    93
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00231
    383.5
    94
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00232
    427.5
    95
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00233
    399.5
    96
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00234
    399.5
    97
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00235
    396.5
    98
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00236
    413.5
    99
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00237
    413.5
    100
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00238
    399.5
    101
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00239
    379.47
    102
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00240
    329.41
    103
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00241
    461.5
    104
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00242
    422.6
    105
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00243
    457
    106
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00244
    402.6
    107
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00245
    481.5
    108
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00246
    458.5
    109
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00247
    432.5
    110
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00248
    436.6
    111
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00249
    485
    112
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00250
    472.6
    113
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00251
    481.6
    114
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00252
    410.5
    115
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00253
    424.6
    116
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00254
    431
    117
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00255
    426.5
    118
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00256
    410.5
    119
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00257
    341.4
    120
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00258
    414.5
    121
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00259
    396.5
    122
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00260
    450.6
    123-124
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00261
    341.4
    125
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00262
    385.4
    126
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00263
    354.5
    127
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00264
    431
    128
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00265
    486.52
    129
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00266
    441.51
    130
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00267
    402.56
    131 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00268
    472.61
    132 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00269
    472.61
    133
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00270
    344.4
    134
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00271
    345.4
    135
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00272
    354.5
    136
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00273
    357.5
    137
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00274
    358.4
    138
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00275
    381.4
    139
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00276
    385.4
    140
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00277
    386.5
    141
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00278
    395.5
    142
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00279
    401.5
    143
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00280
    403.5
    144
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00281
    403.5
    145
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00282
    405.5
    146
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00283
    405.5
    147
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00284
    409.5
    148
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00285
    469.6
    149
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00286
    472.6
    150
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00287
    497.5
    151
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00288
    422.55
    152
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00289
    458.59
    153
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00290
    472.61
    154
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00291
    466.59
    155
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00292
    490.6
    156
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00293
    456.55
    157
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00294
    478.64
    158
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00295
    386.5
    159
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00296
    389.5
    160
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00297
    389.5
    161
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00298
    417.6
    162
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00299
    403.5
    163
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00300
    417.6
    164
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00301
    432.57
    165
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00302
    417.6
    166
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00303
    417.6
    167
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00304
    391.5
    168
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00305
    423.5
    169
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00306
    431.6
    170
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00307
    390.5
    171
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00308
    397.5
    172
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00309
    486.64
    173
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00310
    455.56
    174
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00311
    466.59
    175
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00312
    452.58
    176
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00313
    502.64
    177
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00314
    462.57
    178
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00315
    502.64
    179
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00316
    440.5
    180
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00317
    440.5
    181
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00318
    467.6
    182
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00319
    436.6
    183
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00320
    455.6
    184
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00321
    440.5
    185
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00322
    457
    186
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00323
    457
    187
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00324
    467.6
    188 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00325
    486.64
    189 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00326
    486.64
    190
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00327
    467.58
    191
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00328
    526.7
    192
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00329
    498.7
    193
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00330
    510.7
    194
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00331
    490.6
    195
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00332
    541.7
    196
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00333
    436.6
    197
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00334
    466.6
    198
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00335
    541.7
    199
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00336
    454.6
    200
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00337
    476.6
    201
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00338
    534.7
    202
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00339
    459.6
    203
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00340
    462.6
    204
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00341
    469.59
    205
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00342
    405.5
    206
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00343
    502.64
    207 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00344
    490.6
    208 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00345
    490.6
    209
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00346
    464.63
    210
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00347
    385.51
    211
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00348
    493.68
    212
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00349
    551.51
    213 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00350
    502.64
    214 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00351
    502.64
    215
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00352
    473.55
    216 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00353
    455.56
    217 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00354
    455.56
    218 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00355
    469.59
    219 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00356
    469.59
    220
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00357
    423.54
    221
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00358
    548.45
    222
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00359
    423.54
    223
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00360
    548.45
    224
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00361
    423.54
    225
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00362
    598.51
    226
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00363
    485.59
    227 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00364
    485.59
    228 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00365
    485.59
    229 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00366
    473.55
    230 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00367
    473.55
    231
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00368
    522.67
    232 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00369
    522.67
    233 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00370
    551.51
    234 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00371
    551.51
    235 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00372
    598.51
    236 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00373
    598.51
    237
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00374
    473.6
    238
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00375
    473.6
    239 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00376
    417.56
    240
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00377
    500.62
    241
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00378
    530.65
    242
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00379
    522.67
    243 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00380
    522.67
    244
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00381
    530.65
    245
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00382
    517.61
    246
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00383
    517.61
    247
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00384
    497.62
    248
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00385
    500.62
    249
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00386
    544.68
    250
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00387
    511.65
    251
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00388
    531.64
    252
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00389
    531.64
    253
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00390
    514.65
    254
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00391
    492.58
    255
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00392
    480.59
    256
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00393
    478.64
    257
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00394
    466.56
    258
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00395
    348.43
    259
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00396
    492.58
    260
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00397
    511.65
    261
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00398
    497.62
    262
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00399
    535.6
    263
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00400
    515.61
    264 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00401
    396.5
    265 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00402
    426.5
    266 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00403
    354.5
    267 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00404
    374.5
    268 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00405
    380.9
    269 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00406
    329.4
    270 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00407
    343.4
    271 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00408
    360.5
    272 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00409
    329.4
    273 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00410
    422.6
    274 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00411
    457
    275 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00412
    458.5
    276 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00413
    432.5
    277 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00414
    436.6
    278 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00415
    410.5
    279 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00416
    424.6
    280 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00417
    431
    281 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00418
    426.5
    282 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00419
    410.5
    283 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00420
    414.5
    284 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00421
    396.5
    285 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00422
    431
    286 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00423
    441.5
    287 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00424
    472.6
    288 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00425
    417.6
    289 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00426
    440.5
    290 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00427
    436.6
    291 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00428
    440.5
    292 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00429
    457
    293 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00430
    467.6
    294 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00431
    454.6
    295 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00432
    476.6
    296 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00433
    459.6
    297 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00434
    427.5
    298 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00435
    423.5
    299-300 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00436
    462.6
    301 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00437
    359.5
    302 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00438
    422.4
    303 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00439
    396.5
    304 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00440
    426.5
    305 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00441
    354.5
    306 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00442
    374.5
    307 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00443
    380.9
    308 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00444
    329.4
    309 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00445
    343.4
    310 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00446
    360.5
    311 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00447
    329.4
    312 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00448
    422.6
    313 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00449
    457
    314 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00450
    458.5
    315 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00451
    432.5
    316 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00452
    436.6
    317 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00453
    410.5
    318 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00454
    424.6
    319 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00455
    431
    320 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00456
    426.5
    321 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00457
    410.5
    322 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00458
    414.5
    323 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00459
    396.5
    324 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00460
    431
    325 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00461
    441.5
    326 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00462
    472.6
    327 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00463
    417.6
    328 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00464
    440.5
    329 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00465
    436.6
    330 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00466
    440.5
    331 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00467
    457
    332 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00468
    467.6
    333 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00469
    454.6
    334 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00470
    476.6
    335 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00471
    459.6
    336 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00472
    427.5
    337 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00473
    423.5
    338 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00474
    359.5
    339 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00475
    422.4
  • Example 340
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00476

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 14 (100 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (DEC) (87 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.2 equi.), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (62 mg. 0.45 mmol, 1.2 equi.), triethyl amine (0.13 mL, 0.94 mmol, 2.5 equi.), and 2-aminothiazole (45.5 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours. The reaction was then concentrated in vacuo. The product mixture was purified by flash chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to yield 112.4 mg (86%) of the product of step 1: LC/MS (m/z 347, (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.52 (d, 1H), 6.98-7.27 (m, 9H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.32 (t, 1H), 2.69 (dd, 1H), 1.52 (dd, 1H), 1.16(s, 3H).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (175 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in THF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (18 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equi.) and the solution stirred at RT for 1 hour. A solution of methyl iodide (0.047 mL, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equi.) in THF (1 mL) was added and the reaction solution was stirred at RT for 3 hours. The solution was quenched with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated sodium chloride, dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude product mixture by flash chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexane) yielded 141.7 mg (78%) of Example 340: LC/MS (m/z 361 (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 6.41-7.12 (m, 8H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 4.3 (t, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.0 (dd, 1H), 1.49 (dd, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H).
  • Examples 341 to 343
  • In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared.
    MS:
    (M + H =
    Example Structure MW + 1)
    341
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00477
    436.58
    342
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00478
    486.64
    343
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00479
    562.74
  • Examples 344 to 346
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00480

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of Preparation 14, (4.72 mmol, 1.25 g) in acetonitrile (20 μL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), (5.66 mmol, 1.09 g), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt), (5.66 mmol, 0.77 g), triethylamine (11.8 mmol, 1.20 g) and the product of preparation 11 (5.66 mmol, 1.41 g). The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C. for 20 h, cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 1.80 g (Y: 77%) of Example 344. MS (E+) m/z: 494 (MH+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of Example 344 (3.44 mmol, 1.70 g) in EtOH (30 mL) was added 10 N NaOH (2.0 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 75° C. for 2.5 h, cooled and diluted with an excess of 1 N HCl. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuo to give 1.40 g (Y: 88%) of Example 345. MS (E+) m/z: 467 (MH+).
  • Step 3
  • To a solution of Example 345 (0.038 mmol, 18.0 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), (0.046 mmol, 8.9 mg), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt), (0.046 mmol, 6.3 mg), triethylamine (0.046 mmol, 5.6 mg) and aniline (0.046 mmol, 4.3 mg). After 20 h at room temperature the product was purified using solid phase extraction cartridges (500 mg 1/1 high load, SCX strong cation exchanger/SAX strong anion exchanger) from United Chemical Technologies, Inc. After conditioning the cartridge with MeOH (2×1.5 mL) the crude reaction mixture was loaded on to the cartridge. The cartridge was then washed with MeOH (2×1.5 mL) to afford two fractions of the title compound. These fractions were combined & concentrated and then purified a second time using solid phase extraction cartridges (500 mg SAX strong anion exchanger) to remove any HOAt that was still present. After conditioning the cartridge with MeOH (2×1.5 mL) the crude product was loaded on to the cartridge. The cartridge was then washed with MeOH (1×1.5 mL) and the eluent was collected. The resultant eluent was evaporated in vacuo to afford 7.70 mg (37%) of Example 346. MS (E+) m/z: 542 (MH+).
  • Examples 347 to 563
  • In a similar manner the Examples 347-563 were prepared.
    Chiral MS: (M + H =
    Example Compounds Structure MW + 1)
    347
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00481
    555.7
    348
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00482
    555.7
    349
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00483
    569.73
    350
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00484
    493.6
    351
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00485
    547.7
    352
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00486
    561.8
    353
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00487
    571.7
    354
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00488
    571.7
    355
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00489
    571.7
    356
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00490
    590.2
    357
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00491
    585.7
    358
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00492
    585.7
    359
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00493
    590.2
    360
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00494
    585.7
    361
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00495
    523.7
    362
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00496
    569.7
    363
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00497
    604.2
    364
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00498
    599.8
    365
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00499
    599.8
    366
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00500
    604.2
    367
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00501
    599.8
    368
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00502
    590.2
    369
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00503
    604.2
    370
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00504
    617.8
    371
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00505
    583.8
    372
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00506
    523.7
    373
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00507
    519.7
    374
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00508
    535.7
    375
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00509
    535.7
    376
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00510
    581.7
    377
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00511
    555.7
    378
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00512
    576.7
    379
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00513
    599.8
    380
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00514
    626.8
    381
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00515
    583.8
    382
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00516
    638.6
    383
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00517
    629.8
    384
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00518
    559.7
    385
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00519
    652.6
    386
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00520
    551.7
    387
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00521
    613.8
    388
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00522
    597.8
    389
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00523
    597.8
    390
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00524
    627.8
    391
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00525
    601.7
    392
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00526
    533.7
    393
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00527
    575.8
    394
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00528
    561.8
    395
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00529
    561.8
    396
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00530
    545.7
    397
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00531
    591.7
    398
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00532
    549.7
    399
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00533
    561.7
    400
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00534
    570.7
    401
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00535
    542.7
    402
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00536
    542.7
    403
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00537
    556.7
    404
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00538
    536.7
    405
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00539
    570.7
    406
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00540
    610.8
    407
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00541
    548.7
    408
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00542
    624.8
    409
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00543
    550.7
    410
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00544
    570.7
    411
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00545
    584.7
    412
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00546
    562.7
    413
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00547
    559.7
    414
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00548
    493.6
    415
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00549
    547.7
    416
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00550
    561.8
    417
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00551
    541.7
    418
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00552
    571.7
    419
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00553
    571.7
    420
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00554
    571.7
    421
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00555
    590.2
    422
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00556
    585.7
    423
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00557
    585.7
    424
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00558
    590.2
    425
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00559
    585.7
    426
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00560
    523.7
    427
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00561
    569.7
    428
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00562
    604.2
    429
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00563
    599.8
    430
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00564
    599.8
    431
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00565
    604.2
    432
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00566
    599.8
    433
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00567
    590.2
    434
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00568
    604.2
    435
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00569
    617.8
    436
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00570
    583.8
    437
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00571
    523.7
    438
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00572
    535.7
    439
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00573
    581.7
    440
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00574
    555.7
    441
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00575
    576.7
    442
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00576
    608.8
    443
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00577
    599.8
    444
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00578
    569.7
    445
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00579
    561.7
    446
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00580
    583.8
    447
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00581
    638.6
    448
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00582
    629.8
    449
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00583
    559.7
    450
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00584
    652.6
    451
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00585
    652.6
    452
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00586
    551.7
    453
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00587
    601.7
    454
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00588
    597.8
    455
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00589
    597.8
    456
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00590
    627.8
    457
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00591
    601.7
    458
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00592
    533.7
    459
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00593
    575.8
    460
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00594
    561.8
    461
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00595
    561.8
    462
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00596
    545.7
    463
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00597
    549.7
    464
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00598
    626.8
    465
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00599
    570.7
    466
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00600
    542.7
    467
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00601
    556.7
    468
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00602
    556.7
    469
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00603
    536.7
    470
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00604
    570.7
    471
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00605
    610.8
    472
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00606
    548.7
    473
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00607
    624.8
    474
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00608
    550.7
    475
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00609
    562.7
    476
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00610
    559.7
    477
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00611
    481.58
    478
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00612
    467.55
    479
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00613
    572.69
    480
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00614
    572.69
    481
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00615
    602.72
    482
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00616
    606.1
    483
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00617
    587.7
    484
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00618
    589.7
    485
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00619
    631.8
    486
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00620
    601.7
    487
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00621
    601.7
    488
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00622
    585.7
    489
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00623
    541.68
    490
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00624
    571.7
    491
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00625
    571.7
    492
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00626
    601.73
    493 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00627
    571.7
    494 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00628
    606.1
    495 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00629
    587.7
    496 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00630
    589.7
    497 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00631
    631.8
    498 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00632
    601.7
    499 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00633
    601.7
    500 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00634
    585.7
    501
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00635
    576.1
    502
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00636
    591.7
    503
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00637
    576.1
    504
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00638
    576.1
    505
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00639
    610.6
    506
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00640
    610.6
    507
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00641
    617.8
    508
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00642
    610.6
    509
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00643
    610.6
    510
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00644
    581.7
    511
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00645
    548.7
    512
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00646
    677.7
    513
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00647
    549.7
    514
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00648
    542.7
    515
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00649
    582.7
    516
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00650
    617.7
    517
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00651
    563.7
    518
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00652
    562.7
    519
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00653
    617.1
    520
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00654
    598.8
    521
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00655
    577.7
    522
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00656
    587.8
    523
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00657
    585.7
    524
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00658
    573.7
    525
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00659
    585.7
    526
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00660
    587.8
    527
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00661
    609.7
    528
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00662
    555.7
    529
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00663
    569.7
    530
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00664
    587.8
    531
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00665
    562.7
    532
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00666
    565.7
    533
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00667
    606.1
    534
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00668
    545.7
    535
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00669
    572.7
    536 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00670
    466.56
    537 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00671
    480.59
    538 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00672
    572.7
    539 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00673
    587.8
    540 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00674
    585.7
    541 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00675
    573.7
    542 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00676
    585.7
    543 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00677
    582.7
    544 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00678
    576.1
    545 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00679
    571.7
    546 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00680
    533.7
    547 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00681
    542.7
    548 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00682
    582.7
    549 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00683
    562.72
    550 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00684
    606.15
    551 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00685
    566.7
    552 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00686
    572.7
    553 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00687
    562.7
    554 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00688
    587.8
    555 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00689
    585.7
    556 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00690
    573.7
    557 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00691
    585.7
    558 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00692
    582.7
    559 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00693
    576.1
    560 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00694
    571.7
    561 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00695
    533.7
    562 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00696
    542.7
    563 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00697
    582.7
  • Example 564
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00698

    Step 1 From the frozen vegetative stock culture of Streptomyces griseus ATCC 10137, 2 ml was used to inoculate 100 ml of F7 medium contained the following per liter of deionized water: dextrose, 10 g; yeast extract, 10 g; malt extract, 10 g; peptone, 1 g, in a 500 ml flask (pH was adjusted to 7 before sterilization at 120° C. for 30 minutes). The culture was incubated for 3 days at 28° C. on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Two ml of this culture was used to inoculate each of twelve 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of F7 medium. The flasks were incubated at 28° C. on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm for 17 hours. Eight mg of Preparation 16g S-isomer (97.9% ee) in 0.32 ml DMF was added to each flask. The flasks were then returned to the shaker and incubated for additional 9.5 hours at 28° C. and 250 rpm. The culture was pooled and subjected to sonication for total of 5 min. with a High Intensity Ultrasonic Processor (Model: VCX600, Sonics & Material Inc.) equipped with a microtip, at 40% out put. The resulting mixture was extracted with 600 ml ethyl acetate and the ethyl acetate extract was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml of acetoniltrile and subjected to preparative HPLC with a YMC ODS-A column (30 mm ID×100 mm length, 5 μl particle size). Elution flow rate was 30 ml/min. In each run, sample (0.5 to 1 ml) was loaded onto the column at water (solvent A)-acetonitrile (solvent B) 90/10 v/v and separated using the following gradient program: 10% B, 3 min; 10% to 35% B linear gradient, 1 min; 35% B, 9 min; 35% to 60% B linear gradient, 1 min; 60% B, 4 min; 60% to 90% B linear gradient, 1 min; 90% B, 4 min. Detection (UV) was at 210 nm. The fractions containing BMS-585157 was eluted between 18 to 19 minutes. The BMS-585157 fractions were pooled and evaporated in vacuo to a small volume, then was lyophilized. A total of 60 mg of BMS-585751 was obtained as light yellow solid (yield, 62.5%). The reaction and purification were monitored by analytical HPLC with a Hewlett Packard 1100 Series Liquid Chromatograph using an YMC Packed ODS-AQ column, 4.6 mm i.d.×15 cm 1. A gradient system of 1 mM HCl in water (solvent A) and acetonitrile (solvent B) was used: 70% to 90% B linear gradient, 5 min; 90% B, 1.5 min; 90% to 70% linear gradient, 0.5 min. The flow rate was 1.2 ml/min and UV detection was at 210 nm. Retention time for starting compound and product was 5.16 and 2.76 min, respectively. 1H-NMR Observed Chemical Shifts (relative to CD3CN signal δ 1.94): δ 7.33 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, m), 7.15 (2H, m), 7.09 (2H, m), 4.61 (1H, dd, J1=5.8 Hz, J2=3.2 Hz, CH-3), 4.40 (1H, s, CH-11), 4.32 (1H, d, J=3.5 Hz, CH-4), 3.51 (3H, s, CH3-19), 2.90 (1H, d, J=6.0 Hz, OH), 0.93 (1H, s, CH3-18). 1H-1H NOE Observed NOE: CH-4 and OH (when CH-3 was irradiated); CH-11 and OH (when CH3-18 was irradiated). MS: +c APCI (m/z): 312 ([M+H2O]+), 294, 277.
    Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.079 mmol, 23 mg) in MeOH (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (400 μL of 1 N NaOH, 0.4 mmol). After 4 hours at 75° C. and 16 hours at RT the reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (3 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 19.6 g (Y: 89%) of the product of step 2.
  • Step 3
  • To a solution of the product of step 2 (0.070 mmol, 19.6 mg) in acetonitrile (1.0 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), (0.084 mmol, 16 mg), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt), (0.084 mmol, 11.5 mg), triethylamine (0.175 mmol, 17.7 mg) and Preparation 1a (0.086 mmol, 21 mg). The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C. for 20 h, cooled and diluted with MeOH (1.0 mL). The diluted reaction mixture was then purified by preparative HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound. The product was then neutralized using a solid phase extraction cartridge (500 mg high load, SCX strong cation exchanger from United Chemical Technologies, Inc). After conditioning the cartridge with MeOH (2×1.5 mL) the product was loaded on to the cartridge. The cartridge was then washed with MeOH (2×1.5 mL), followed by a 2N NH3 in MeOH solution to afford 18.8 mg (55%) of Example 564. MS (E+) m/z: 507 (MH+).
  • Example 565
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00699
  • To a solution of Example 178 (20.0 mg, 0.04 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0° C., was added a solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (1M, 0.20 mL, 0.20 mmol, 5 equi.). The reaction solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours, and let warmed up to room temperature and let stirred at room temperature overnight. The next day, the reaction solution was quenched with methanol in an ice bath. The crude product mixture was purified by reversed phased PREP HPLC, followed by neutralization with cation exchange SPE, to yield 5.4 mg (28% yield) of Example 565: LC/MS (m/z 489, (M+H)+).
  • Examples 566 to 567
  • Examples 566 to 567 in the table below were prepared in a similar manner from the corresponding methyl ethers.
    MS: (M + H =
    Example Structure MW + 1)
    566
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00700
    488.61
    567
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00701
    488.61
  • Examples 568 to 569
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00702

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 16d (2.45 mmol, 650 mg) in THF (10.0 mL) at −78° C. was added lithium diisopropylamide (2.94 mmol, 1.47 ml of a 2 M solution in heptane/THF/ethyl benzene) dropwise. After 1 hour, bromoacetonitrile (3.68 mmol, 440 mg) in THF (0.70 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm to RT. After 16 hours the reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 510 mg (Y: 69%) of the product of step 1.
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (1.68 mmol, 510 mg) in THF (3.4 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (1.7 mL of 5N LiOH). After 20 hours at 70° C. the reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 410 mg (Y: 84%) the product of step 2.
  • Step 3
  • To a solution of the product of step 2 (0.45 mmol, 130 mg) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.54 mmol, 0.28 mL of a 2 N solution in dichloromethane) and DMF (2 drops). After 1 hour at RT the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and then redissolved in dichloromethane (1.0 mL). To the resulting mixture is then added triethylamine (0.54 mmol, 0.075 mL) and methylamine (0.90 mmol, 0.45 mL of a 2 M solution in THF). After 2 hours the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted by dichloromethane (3×30 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuo to give 53 mg (Y: 39%) of Example 568.
  • Step 4
  • To a solution of the product of step 3 (0.132 mmol, 40 mg) in methanolic ammonia (7.0 mL) was added 5% rhodium on alumina (100 mg). The reaction mixture was then allowed to hydrogenate at 55 psi of H2 in a Parr apparatus. After 20 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give 40 mg (Y: 99%) of Example 569.
  • Examples 570 to 572
  • In a similar manner the Examples 570 to 572 were prepared.
    Exam- MS: (M + H =
    ple Structure MW + 1)
    570
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00703
    291.4
    571
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00704
    360.48
    572
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00705
    486.64
  • Example 573
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00706

    Step 1
  • To a solution of the product of preparation 16d (3.90 mmol, 1.03 g) in THF (8.0 mL) and TMEDA (1.0 mL) at −78° C. was added lithium diisopropylamide (4.69 mmol, 2.35 ml of a 2 M solution in heptane/THF/ethyl benzene) dropwise. After 1 hour the reaction mixture was saturated with ethylene oxide gas. The reaction mixture was then warmed to RT over 3 hours, quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 10% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 220 mg (Y: 22%) of the product of step 1.
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (0.471 mmol, 130 mg) in dichloromethane (8.0 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. was added trimethylaluminum (3.77 mmol, 1.88 ml of a 2 M solution in toluene). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 20 min and then at RT for 1 h. 2-Aminothiazole (3.77 mmol, 377 mg) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) was then added. After 16 hours at reflux the reaction mixture is quenched with 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were concentrated in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 91 mg (Y: 51%) of Example 573. (E+) m/z: 376 (MH+).
  • Examples 574 to 575
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00707

    Step 1
  • To a solution of Example 241 (80 mg, 0.15 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added a sodium hydroxide solution (1.0 mL) (solution is 1:1 of 50% NaOH and water). The reaction solution was heated to 60° C. for 5 hours. The solution was cooled and quenched with HCl (6N). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic extracts were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give 68 mg (87% yield) of Example 574. LC/MS (m/z 517, (M+H)+).
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of the product of step 1 (20 mg, 0.038 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (DEC) (8.9 mg, 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (6.3 mg. 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.), triethylamine (0.013 mL, 0.097 mmol, 2.5 equi.), and ethylamine (2.1 mg, 0.046 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The reaction solution was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours and followed by concentrated in vacuo. The product mixture was purified by reversed phased PREP HPLC, followed by neutralization with cation exchange SPE, to yield 3.1 mg (14%) of Example 575: LC/MS (m/z 544, (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.22 (m, 1H), 7.89(m, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.53 (m, 11H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 3.69 (q, 2H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 1.83 (d, 1H), 1.36 (t, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H).
  • Examples 576 to 578
  • In a similar manner the Examples 576 to 578 were prepared.
    Exam- MS: (M + H =
    ple Structure MW + 1)
    576
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00708
    581.7
    577
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00709
    598.77
    578
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00710
    585.73
  • Example 579
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00711
  • To a mixture of Example 240 (28 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1.0 equi.) and ethylamine (3.0 mg, 0.067 mmol, 1.2 equi.) in methanol (2 mL, 1.0% acetic acid) was added sodium cyanoborohydride (3.5 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1.2 equi.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The crude product mixture was purified by reversed phase PREP HPLC, followed by neutralization with cation exchange SPE, to yield 3.8 mg (13%) of Example 579: LC/MS (m/z 530, (M+H)+); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.25 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.52 (m, 7H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 3.7 (s, 2H), 2.99 (q, 2H), 2.60 (d, 1H), 1.58 (d, 1H), 1.28 (t, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H).
  • Example 580
  • In a similar manner the Example 580 was prepared.
    Exam- MS: (M + H =
    ple Structure MW + 1)
    580
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00712
    571.75
  • Example 581
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00713
  • Example 252 (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of ethanol (5 mL) and hydrochloric acid (concentrated, 0.25 mL) at room temperature. Zinc dust (20 mg) was added in and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was quenched with sodium bicarbonate solution (10%) and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with 1N sodium hydroxide solution, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product mixture. The product was purified by PREP HPLC, followed by cation exchange SPE to give 4.1 mg (16% yield) of Example 581: MS (m/z 502 (M+H)+).
  • Example 582
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00714
  • To a solution of Example 112 (33 mg, 0.070 mmol) in 1.50 mL anhydrous diethyl ether at room temperature was added 0.18 mL of a 1.0M solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF (0.180 mmol, 2.6 eq). After stirring at room temperature for 3 h an additional 0.18 mL lithium aluminum hydride solution (0.180 mmol, 2.6 eq) was added to push the reaction further. The mixture was allowed to stir for 48 h at rt, and quenched by adding 0.15 mL methanol dropwise, then 0.15 mL water, then 20 mL saturated aqueous KOH. Extracted 2×30 mL ethyl acetate. Dried over sodium sulfate. Concentrated under vacuum. Purified the crude material using prep HPLC. Free-based the product by passing through a basic SCX cartridge using methanol as the eluent. Removal of the solvent afforded 2.5 mg of Example 582 as a solid white film (8%) LC/MS (m/z 459, (M+H)+).
  • Example 583
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00715
  • Step 1: 7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolinyl-4-boronic Acid
  • To a solution of 4-bromo-7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinoline (700 mg, 2.8 mmol), prepared according to a known procedure (Reference: Abe, Y. et. al. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 4062-4097), in THF (15 mL) at −78° C. were added triisopropyl borate (1.3 mL, 5.6 mmol) and t-butyllithium (1.7 M, 5.0 mL). The solution was then slowly warmed to room temperature and kept stirring overnight. Next morning, the solution was quenched with 1N HCl (1.5 mL) and the solid was thus obtained after decanting THF. The solid was dissolved in MeOH and diluted with CH2Cl2. The solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide 7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolinyl-4-boronic acid (560 mg, 90%). MS (ESI) (M+1)=218.26.
  • Step 2: 4-(5-bromo-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinoline
  • To a solution of the boronic acid from Step 1 (560 mg, 2.6 mmol) and 4,5-dibromo-2-nitro-1H-imidazole (380 mg, 1.4 mmol), prepared according to a known procedure (Reference: Palmer, B. D. et. al. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I, 1989, 95-99), in 50 mL of THF was added 20 mL of sat. K2CO3. To this solution was bubbled a flow of N2 for 30 minutes and then 200 mg of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.17 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at 80° C. overnight. After cooling down, the solution was diluted with EtOAc and the organic layer was separated and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography to provide the desired 4-(5-bromo-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinoline (114 mg, 15%). MS (ESI) (M+1)=363.29, 365.29.
  • Step 3: 4-(7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl)-1H-imidazole-2-ylamine
  • To a solution of the product of Step 2 (114 mg, 0.31 mmol) in 15 mL of MeOH was added 100 mg of 10% Pd/C and the solution was purged with H2. The solution was then stirred under H2 atmosphere overnight. After filtration and concentration, the desired 4-(7-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl)-1H-imidazole-2-ylamine (90 mg, 87%) was obtained as a HBr salt. MS (ESI) (M+1)=255.33.
    Step 4
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00716
  • Following a similar procedure as described in Example 1, the coupling reaction of the product of Step 3 (32 mg, 0.095 mmol), and the acid of Preparation 17E (39 mg, 0.12 mmol) provided compound of Example 583 (26 mg, 50%). MS (ESI) (M+1)=546.33.
  • Examples 584 to 586
  • In a similar manner to the procedure of Example 583, Examples 584 to 586 were prepared from acid of Preparation 17E and the appropriate 4-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-imidazole-2-ylamine or 4-isoquinolin-5-yl-1H-imidazol-2-ylamine. The amines were prepared according to the procedures described in Steps 1 to 3 of Example 583, i.e. via the Pd-catalyzed coupling reaction of 4,5-dibromo-2-nitro-1H-imidazole and the boronic acid derived from corresponding bromo-quinoline or bromo-isoquinoline, followed by the hydrogenation reaction.
    Example Structure
    584
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00717
    585
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00718
    586
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00719
  • Example 587
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00720
  • A suspension Example 212 (50 mg, 0.091 mmol) and cuprious cyanide (10 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was introduced into a dried heavy wall Pyrex tube, flushed with nitrogen and tightly sealed. The tube was placed in a microwave (Smith Workstation 300W from Magnetron @ 2.45 GHz) and heated to 200° C. while stirring for 2.25 h. After the tube had cool down to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a brown oil. Flash chromatography (Isco silica gel, 4 g column, 10% ethyl acetate/hexane) provided Example 587 as an off-white solid (25 mg, 55% yield): 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.67 (bs, NH), 8.36 (d, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 7.62-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.09 (t, 1H), 4.37-4.46 (m, 2H), 2.65 (dd, 1H), 1.65 (dd, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H); HPLC tR=4.2 min.; LC/MS m/z 498 (M+H)+.
  • Examples 588 to 645
  • In a similar manner as described in Example 1, Examples 588 to 645 were prepared from the coupling of corresponding acids and amines. Preparations of amines or acids not commercially available are described in the preceding preparations section of this document. All examples in the table are racemic unless specified otherwise. Examples in the table where one enantiomer predominates or is the sole component, are designated as either R or S. Separation of the enantiomers on a chiral column employed procedures described in the preceding preparations section of this document.
    Example Chiral MS: (M + H =
    No. Structure Compounds MW + 1)
    588
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00721
    419.18
    589
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00722
    510.34
    590
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00723
    448.38
    591
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00724
    535.2
    592
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00725
    536.21
    593
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00726
    460.38
    594
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00727
    487.46
    595
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00728
    528.32
    596
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00729
    501.3
    597
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00730
    549.28
    598
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00731
    496.16
    599
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00732
    467.2
    600
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00733
    466.13
    601
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00734
    Chiral (R) 532.29
    602
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00735
    Chiral (S) 532.26
    603
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00736
    Chiral (R) 512.27
    604
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00737
    Chiral (S) 512.24
    605
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00738
    372.09
    606
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00739
    392.04
    607
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00740
    498.24
    608
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00741
    519.27
    609
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00742
    486.07
    610
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00743
    486.07
    611
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00744
    493.07
    612
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00745
    468.13
    613
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00746
    496.13
    614
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00747
    482.09
    615
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00748
    Chiral (R) 536.25
    616
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00749
    Chiral (S) 536.27
    617
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00750
    493.01
    618
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00751
    565.03
    619
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00752
    465.05
    620
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00753
    469.05
    621
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00754
    424.33
    622
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00755
    521.05
    623
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00756
    501.09
    624
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00757
    504.99
    625
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00758
    524.95
    626
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00759
    596
    627
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00760
    451.15
    628
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00761
    508.14
    629
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00762
    488.17
    630
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00763
    548.03
    631
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00764
    551
    632
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00765
    515.18
    633
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00766
    504.13
    634
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00767
    651.11
    635
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00768
    484.17
    636
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00769
    552
    637
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00770
    499.1
    638
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00771
    569
    639
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00772
    495.05
    640
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00773
    506.1
    641
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00774
    Chiral (S) 519.05
    642
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00775
    Chiral (R) 519.01
    643
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00776
    489.07
    644
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00777
    519.19
    645
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00778
    481.34
  • Example 646
  • Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00779
  • To a solution of Example 178 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.0 equi.) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (65 mg, 0.29 mg, 1.0 equi.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solution was quenched with saturated sodium bisulfate solution, and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude product mixture by flash chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) yielded 22.7 mg (16%) of Example 647: LC/MS (m/z 629, (M+H)+).
  • Examples 647 to 648
  • In a manner similar to Example 646, Examples 647 to 649 were prepared.
    Chiral MS: (M + H =
    Example Compounds Structure MW + 1)
    647
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00780
    472.35
    648 Chiral (S)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00781
    472.35
    649 Chiral (R)
    Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00782
    472.35

Claims (20)

1-34. (canceled)
35. A method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating an inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder which is an endocrine disorder, rheumatic disorder, collagen disease, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, neoplastic disease and metabolic disease which is associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by glucocorticoid receptors, or a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1- and/or NF-κB-induced transcription, or a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1 and/or NF-κB dependent gene expression, wherein the disease is associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1 and/or NF-κB, the method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having below structure:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00783
including all stereoisomers thereof, or a prodrug ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, or hydroxyaryl;
Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cyano, halogen, heteroarylaminocarboyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, nitro, amino, CHO, CO2 alkyl, CONReRf, CH2NRgRh, CO2H, CH2OH, CH2NHRg, NHCH2Rg, NHCHRgRh, NHCORe, NHCONReRf or NHSO2Re;
Rb is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cyano, halogen, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, CHO, CO2 alkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, CONRiRj, CH2NRkRl, CO2H, CH2OH, CH2NHRk, NHCH2Rk, NHCHRkRl, NHCORi, NHCONRiRj or NHSO2Ri;
where Re and Rf are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl, and Re and Rf can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
Rg and Rh are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl, and Rg and Rh can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
Ri and Rj are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl, and Ri and Rj can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
Rk and Rl are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amino, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl, and Rk and Rl can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heteroaryl ring or cycloheteroalkyl ring which contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms which can be N, O or S;
Rc and Rd are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, hydroxy, aryloxy, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, hydroxyaryl, and aryloxyalkyl;
Rc and Rd may optionally be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a 3- to 7-membered ring which may optionally include an O atom or an N atom;
Z is CONR1R2 or CH2NR1R2 wherein R1 and R2 are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloalkenyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, hydroxyaryl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl and hydroxyalkyl;
the A ring represents a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and
the B ring represents a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
with the following provisos:
I. provided that where Z is CONR1R2 and (a) R is CH3 or H and Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are each hydrogen, or (b) Ra and Rb are each hydrogen and one of Rc and Rd is alkyl, then
(1) at least one of R1 and R2 is heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or cycloheteroalkylalkyl, but where the heteroaryl is unsubstituted
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00784
or unsubstituted
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00785
or the heteroarylalkyl is unsubstituted
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00786
or unsubstituted
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00787
then the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, and/or the A ring includes a hetero atom and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom; or
(2) where one of R1 and R2 is phenyl which is substituted with alkyl, hydroxy, halo, C1-C2-alkoxycarbonyl or nitro, then (a) the phenyl must be substituted with at least one other group other than hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxy, halo, C1,-C2-alkoxycarbonyl or nitro, except that the phenyl may be substituted with two or more halo atoms, and/or two or more hydroxy groups and/or (b) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen and/or (c) the A ring includes a hetero atom and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom;
(3) where one of R1 and R2 is phenyl substituted with C1-C2 alkoxy, the phenyl cannot be substituted with a second C1-C2 alkoxy or the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen; or
(4) where at least one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylcycloalkenyl, alkylphenyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl then (a) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloaklyl, alkylcycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylcycloalkenyl, alkylphenyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl and/or (b) at least one of Ra, Rb, Rc and/or Rd is other than hydrogen and/or (c) R is other than hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl and/or (d) the A ring includes a hetero atom and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom; and
II. provided that where Z is CH2NR1R2 and/or where at least one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl, alkylphenyl, phenylalkyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryl which is pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl or imidazolinyl, or cycloheteroalkyl which is 4,5-dihydro-imidazol-2-yl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl, then (a) the other of R1 and R2 is other than hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl, alkylphenyl, phenylalkyl, monoalkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, alkoxyalkyl, or hydroxyalkyl, and/or (b) at least one of Ra, Rb, Rc and/or Rd is other than hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl, and/or (c) R is other than hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl and/or (d) the A ring includes a hetero atom and/or the B ring includes a hetero atom, and/or (e) one of Rc and Rd is other than hydroxyalkyl.
36. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the A ring of the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00788
and the B ring has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00789
wherein X1, X2, X3 and X4, are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH2, CHR15, CR16, CR16R17, N, NH, NR18, O and S, and X5, X6, X7 and X8 are the same or different and are independently selected from CH, CH2, CHR19, CR20, CR20R21, N, NH, NR22, O and S, wherein R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21 and R22 are the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl, wherein each of said A ring and said B ring contains at most two nitrogen ring atoms, at most two oxygen ring atom and at most one sulfur ring atom.
37. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00790
38. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00791
where
R is H or alkyl;
Ra is selected from H, CN, NO2, NH2, CHO, CO2 alkyl, CONReRf or CH2NRgRh; and
Rb is selected from H, CN, NO2, NH2, CHO, CO2 alkyl, CONRiRj or CH2NRkRl.
39. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00792
where R is H, CH3 or C2H5 and Rc is H or OH,
and one of R1 and R2 is heteroaryl.
40. The method as defined in claim 39 wherein one of R1 and R2 of the compound is
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00793
where Rm is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, and alkoxy and Ro is H or alkyl.
41. A method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating an inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder which is an endocrine disorder, rheumatic disorder, collagen disease, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, neoplastic disease and metabolic disease which is associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by glucocorticoid receptors, or a method for preventing inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1- and/or NF-κB-induced transcription, or a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1 and/or NF-κB dependent gene expression, wherein the disease is associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1 and/or NF-κB, the method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having below structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00794
where X is aryl or alkyl;
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00795
where X is aryl;
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00796
where X is aryl;
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00797
where X is aryl, alkyl, heteroaryl or halo and R is alkyl;
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00798
where Xa is aryl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00799
where
Ra is alkoxycarbonyl (CO2 alkyl), nitro, cyano, or hydrogen;
Rb is hydrogen, CO2 alkyl, nitro, cyano, formyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, alkylaminoalkyl or amino,
X is hydrogen, alkyl or halo;
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00800
42. The method as defined in claim 41 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00801
where X is 1-naphthyl, 1-(4-methyl)naphthyl, 1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl, 1-(6-methoxy)naphthyl, phenyl, or t-butyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00802
where X is 1-naphthyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00803
where X=1-naphthyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00804
where R is CH3 or C2H5 and X is phenyl, t-butyl, 1-naphthyl, 1-(4-fluoro)naphthyl, benzthiophen-3-yl, 1-(4-methyl)naphthyl, 1-(2-methoxy)naphthyl, 1-(6-methoxy)naphthyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 1-(4-methoxy)naphthyl, 1-(4-bromo)naphthyl, 1-(4-iodo)naphthyl, 5-anthracenyl, 1-anthracenyl, 4-quinolin-1-yl, 2-quinolin-1-yl, 1-(4-cyano)naphthyl, 5-iodo, 4-benzthiophenyl, 1-(2-hydroxy)naphthyl, 1-(6-hydroxy)naphthyl, or 1-(4-hydroxy)naphthyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00805
where Xa is phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-pyridyl, 2-(4-pridyl)ethyl, 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methyl-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-naphthyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-azidophenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 3-(methylthio)phenyl, 4-(methylthio)phenyl, 3-(acetylenyl)phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-pyridyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 2-methyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-azidophenyl, 3-methyl-isothiazolyl, 1-methyl-pyrazol-5-yl, or 5-trifluoromethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl,
Ra Rb X
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00806
CH3OOC— H H Nitro H H Cyano H H CH3OOC— H Methyl Nitro H Methyl Cyano H Methyl H CH3OOC— H H Nitro H H Cyano H H formyl H H CO—(N-morpholine) H H —CH2—NH-Ethyl H H —CH2—(N-morpholine) H H Nitro Methyl H Cyano Methyl H NH2 Methyl H Nitro F H Cyano F H Cl H H Cl F H Cl Methyl H Br F H Br Methyl H CH3 H H CH3 F H CH3 Methyl
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00807
CH3OOC— H H Nitro H H Cyano H H CH3OOC— H Methyl Nitro H Methyl Cyano H Methyl H CH3OOC— H H Nitro H H Cyano H H formyl H H CO—(N-morpholine) H H —CH2—NH-Ethyl H H —CH2—(N-morpholine) H H Nitro Methyl H Cyano Methyl H NH2 Methyl H Nitro F H Cyano F H Cl H H Cl F H Cl Methyl H Br F H Br Methyl H CH3 H H CH3 F H CH3 Methyl,
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00808
H H
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00809
H nitro
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00810
H H
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00811
H nitro
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00812
H H
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00813
H nitro
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00814
H H
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00815
H nitro
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00816
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00817
Q═N, Y═CH or Q═CH, and Y═N.
43. A method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating an inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder which is an endocrine disorder, rheumatic disorder, collagen disease, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, neoplastic disease and metabolic disease which is associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by glucocorticoid receptors, or a method for preventing inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1- and/or NF-κB-induced transcription, or a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1 and/or NF-κB dependent gene expression, wherein the disease is associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1 and/or NF-κB, the method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having below structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00818
where R is CH3, C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl, and one of R1 and R2 is H and the other of R1 and R2 is benzothiazol-2-yl, alkylbenzothiazol-2-yl, alkoxybenzothiazol-2-yl, halobenzothiazol-2-yl, thiazol-2-yl, 4-(1-naphthyl)thiazol-2-yl, 2-quinolin-1-yl, or a thiazole which is optionally substituted with heteroarylthio, heteroaryl, dialkyl, alkyl, or aryl, where the aryl may be optionally substituted with halo, alkyl, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, dialkoxy, carboxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, hydroxyalkylaminocarbonyl, cycloheteroalkylcarbonyl, alkoxyalkylaminocarbonyl or heteroarylaminocarbonyl; with the proviso that where one of R1 and R2 is thiazol-2-yl, then R is C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl.
44. The method as defined in claim 43 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00819
where X is H, 6-CH3, 4-CH3O, 6-Cl or 6-F; or
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00820
where X is 4,5-dimethyl, 5-chloro, 4-methyl, 5-methyl, 4-phenyl, 4-(1-naphthyl), 4-(2-naphthyl), 4-(4-fluoronaphth-1-yl), 4-(4-methylnaphth-1-yl), 4-(3-nitrophenyl), 4-(6-hydroxynaphth-1-yl), 4-[(1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)thio]methyl, 4-benzoic acid, 4-(4-bromonaphth-1-yl), 4-(N-ethyl)benzamide, 4-(N-2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 4-(N-methyl-N-2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide, 4-(N-(pyrrolidinyl)benzamide, 4-(N-mopholinyl)benzamide, 4-(N-phenyl-N-methyl)benzamide, 3-(N-ethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2-methoxyethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-methyl-N-2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide, 3-(N-methyl-N-phenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-4-acetylpiperaziny-1-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-methoxypropyl)benzamide, 2-(6-carboxy)pyridine, 3-(N-3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-dimethoxyphenyl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-trifluormethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-5-chlorobenzoxazol-2-yl)benzamide, 3-(N-3-benzonitrile)benzamide, 3-(N-4-methoxypyrid-3-yl)benzamide, 5-(1,4-benzodioxane), or 4-(1,3-benzodioxole).
45. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00821
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00822
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00823
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00824
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00825
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00826
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00827
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00828
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00829
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00830
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00831
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00832
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00833
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00834
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00835
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00836
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00837
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00838
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00839
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00840
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00841
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00842
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00843
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00844
Chi- ral (S)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00845
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00846
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00847
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00848
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00849
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00850
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00851
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00852
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00853
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00854
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00855
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00856
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00857
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00858
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00859
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00860
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00861
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00862
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00863
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00864
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00865
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00866
46. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00867
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00868
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00869
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00870
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00871
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00872
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00873
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00874
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00875
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00876
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00877
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00878
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00879
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00880
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00881
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00882
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00883
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00884
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00885
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00886
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00887
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00888
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00889
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00890
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00891
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00892
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00893
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00894
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00895
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00896
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00897
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00898
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00899
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00900
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00901
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00902
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00903
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00904
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00905
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00906
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00907
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00908
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00909
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00910
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00911
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00912
Chi- ral (R)
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00913
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00914
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00915
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00916
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00917
47. A method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating an inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder which is an endocrine disorder, rheumatic disorder, collagen disease, dermatologic disease, allergic disease, ophthalmic disease, respiratory disease, hematologic disease, gastrointestinal disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, neoplastic disease and metabolic disease which is associated with the expression product of a gene whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by glucocorticoid receptors, or a method for preventing inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1- and/or NF-B-induced transcription, or a method for preventing, inhibiting onset of or treating a disease associated with AP-1 and/or NF-κB dependent gene expression, wherein the disease is associated with the expression of a gene under the regulatory control of AP-1 and/or NF-κB, the method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00918
or an alkyl ester thereof,
where R is CH3, C2H5; Ra is nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, CH3, —COOCH3, or formyl, and
Rb is H, Rb is nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, CH3, —COOCH3, or formyl, and Ra is H;
or a compound having the structure:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00919
where X9 is S or NH; and X is:
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00920
48. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00921
where
R is CH3, C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl;
Rb is H, CN, NO2, halogen, alkyl or amino; and
Xb is H, arylalkoxycarbonyl, arylalkylaminocarbonyl, alkoxyalkylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl, alkoxyalkylamidocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonylaryl or heteroaryl;
provided that where Xb is H, then R is C2H5 or 2-hydroxymethyl or Rb is CN or NO2.
49. The compound as defined in claim 48 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00922
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00923
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00924
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00925
50. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00926
where R is CH3, C2H5 or 2-hydroxyethyl; Rb is H, CN, NO2, halogen, alkyl or amino; and Xc is aryl, quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
51. The method as defined in claim 50 wherein the compound has the structure
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00927
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00928
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00929
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00930
Figure US20050171136A1-20050804-C00931
52. The method as defined in claim 35 wherein the inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder is transplant rejection of kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts, heart valve xenograft, serum sickness, and graft vs. host disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type I and Type II diabetes, juvenile diabetes, obesity, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, pyoderma gangrenum, systemic lupus erythematosis, myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis; eczema, seborrhoea, pulmonary inflammation, eye uveitis, hepatitis, Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune thyroiditis, Behcet's or Sjorgen's syndrome, pernicious or immunohaemolytic anaemia, atherosclerosis, Addison's disease, idiopathic adrenal insufficiency, autoimmune polyglandular disease, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, morphea, lichen planus, viteligo, alopecia areata, autoimmune alopecia, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, and alveolitis; contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis, uticaria, skin allergies, respiratory allergies, hayfever, allergic rhinitis and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, osteoarthritis, acute pancreatis, chronic pancreatitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, Sezary's syndrome, restenosis, stenosis and artherosclerosis, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, nonsuppurative thyroiditis, hypercalcemia associated with cancer, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Ankylosing spondylitis, acute and subacute bursitis, acute nonspecific tenosynovitis, acute gouty arthritis, post-traumatic osteroarthritis, synovitis of osteoarthritis, epicondylitis, acute rheumatic carditis, pemphigus, bullous dermatitis herpetitformis, severe erythema multiforme, exfoliative dermatitis, psoriasis, seborrheic dermatitis, seasonal or perennial allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, drug hypersensitivity reactions, allergic conjuncivitis, keratitis, herpes zoster ophthalmicus, iritis and iridocyclitis, chorioretinitis, optic neuritis, symptomatic sarcoidosis, fulminating or disseminated pulmonary tuberculosis chemotherapy, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura in adults, secondary thrombocytopenia in adults, acquired (autoimmune) hemolytic anemia, leukemias and lymphomas in adults, acute leukemia of childhood, ulcerative colitis, regional enteritis, Crohn's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune vasculitis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, sepsis, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
53. The method as defined in claim 52 wherein inflammatory or immune associated disease or disorder is selected from transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type I diabetes, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, psoriasis and chronic pulmonary disease.
US11/085,347 2002-07-18 2005-03-21 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method Abandoned US20050171136A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/085,347 US20050171136A1 (en) 2002-07-18 2005-03-21 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US39687702P 2002-07-18 2002-07-18
US10/621,909 US6995181B2 (en) 2002-07-18 2003-07-17 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method
US11/085,347 US20050171136A1 (en) 2002-07-18 2005-03-21 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/621,909 Continuation US6995181B2 (en) 2002-07-18 2003-07-17 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050171136A1 true US20050171136A1 (en) 2005-08-04

Family

ID=30770955

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/621,909 Expired - Lifetime US6995181B2 (en) 2002-07-18 2003-07-17 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method
US11/085,347 Abandoned US20050171136A1 (en) 2002-07-18 2005-03-21 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/621,909 Expired - Lifetime US6995181B2 (en) 2002-07-18 2003-07-17 Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US6995181B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1534273A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2006508042A (en)
AU (1) AU2003251970A1 (en)
IS (1) IS7645A (en)
NO (1) NO20050074L (en)
PL (1) PL375442A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004009017A2 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050176716A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-11 Jingwu Duan Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kappaB activity and use thereof
US20050176749A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-11 Yang Bingwei V. Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050182110A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Yang Bingwei V. Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kappabeta activity and use thereof
US20050182083A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Weinstein David S. Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050182082A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Jingwu Duan Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050187242A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-25 Weinstein David S. Tricyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20060293320A1 (en) * 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Heteroaryl derivatives for treating viruses

Families Citing this family (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7442554B2 (en) 2002-07-18 2008-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions and methods involving glucocorticoid receptor site II
AU2003251970A1 (en) * 2002-07-18 2004-02-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method
GB0316290D0 (en) 2003-07-11 2003-08-13 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
EP1648876A1 (en) * 2003-07-24 2006-04-26 Pharmagene Laboratories Ltd 5-ht sb 2b /sb receptor antagonists
WO2005097113A2 (en) * 2004-04-08 2005-10-20 Pharmagene Laboratories Limited 5-ht2b receptor antagonists
PE20060272A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2006-05-22 Glaxo Group Ltd (2R, 3R, 4S, 5R, 2'R, 3'R, 4'S, 5'S) -2.2 '- {TRANS-1,4-CYCLOHEXANODIYLBIS- [IMINO (2 - {[2- (1-METHYL- 1H-IMIDAZOL-4-IL) ETHYL] AMINO} -9H-PURIN-6,9-DIYL)]} BIS [5- (2-ETHYL-2H-TETRAZOLE-5-IL) TETRAHYDRO-3,4-FURANODIOL] AS AN A2A AGONIST
TWI307630B (en) 2004-07-01 2009-03-21 Glaxo Group Ltd Immunoglobulins
SG155222A1 (en) * 2004-08-13 2009-09-30 Genentech Inc Thiazole based inhibitors of atp-utilizing enzymes
WO2006072599A2 (en) 2005-01-10 2006-07-13 Glaxo Group Limited Androstane 17-alpha carbonate derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic and inflammatory conditions
US7411071B2 (en) 2005-01-13 2008-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7361654B2 (en) * 2005-01-13 2008-04-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Substituted heteroaryl amide modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7642273B2 (en) * 2005-01-13 2010-01-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7317024B2 (en) 2005-01-13 2008-01-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
TW200724142A (en) 2005-03-25 2007-07-01 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
MY145281A (en) 2005-03-25 2012-01-13 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
US7888381B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity, and use thereof
GB0514809D0 (en) 2005-07-19 2005-08-24 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
TWI375676B (en) * 2005-08-29 2012-11-01 Msd Oss Bv Non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
PE20071068A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2007-12-13 Glaxo Group Ltd 3- (4 - {[4- (4 - {[3- (3,3-DIMETHYL-1-PIPERIDINYL) PROPYL] OXY} PHENYL) -1-PIPERIDINYL] CARBONYL} -1-NAPHTHALENYL) PROPANOIC OR PROPENOIC ACID, SALTS OF THE SAME, AS ANTAGONISTS OF THE H1 AND H3 RECEPTORS
US7592461B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indane modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
JP5298008B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2013-09-25 グラクソ グループ リミテッド New compounds
GB0611587D0 (en) 2006-06-12 2006-07-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
WO2008089212A1 (en) * 2007-01-16 2008-07-24 Ipintl, Llc Novel composition for treating metabolic syndrome
PE20081889A1 (en) 2007-03-23 2009-03-05 Smithkline Beecham Corp INDOL CARBOXAMIDES AS INHIBITORS OF IKK2
CA2666036C (en) * 2008-05-16 2017-09-12 Chien-Hung Chen Novel compositions and methods for treating hyperproliferative diseases
SG190667A1 (en) 2008-05-23 2013-06-28 Panmira Pharmaceuticals Llc 5-lipoxygenase-activating protein inhibitor
WO2009147187A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited 4-carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of p13-kinases
EP2280959B1 (en) 2008-06-05 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited 4-amino-indazoles
EP3607942A1 (en) 2008-11-07 2020-02-12 University of Sheffield Medicament and method of diagnosis
WO2010094643A1 (en) 2009-02-17 2010-08-26 Glaxo Group Limited Quinoline derivatives and their uses for rhinitis and urticaria
US8524751B2 (en) 2009-03-09 2013-09-03 GlaxoSmithKline Intellecutual Property Development 4-oxadiazol-2-YL-indazoles as inhibitors of P13 kinases
EP2406249A1 (en) 2009-03-10 2012-01-18 Glaxo Group Limited Indole derivatives as ikk2 inhibitors
EP2408434A4 (en) * 2009-03-16 2013-11-27 Ipintl Llc Treating alzheimer's disease and osteoporosis and reducing aging
JP2012520845A (en) 2009-03-17 2012-09-10 グラクソ グループ リミテッド Pyrimidine derivatives used as Itk inhibitors
EP2408458A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2012-01-25 Merck Sharp&Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 6 (STAT6) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20120029054A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2012-02-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA Interference Mediated Inhibition of GATA Binding Protein 3 (GATA3) Gene Expression Using Short Intefering Nucleic Acid (siNA)
AU2010226604A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2011-10-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of BTB and CNC homology 1, basic leucine zipper transcription factor 1 (Bach 1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA) sequence listing
US20120016011A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2012-01-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA Interference Mediated Inhibition of Connective Tissue Growth Factor (CTGF) Gene Expression Using Short Interfering Nucleic Acid (siNA)
JP2012521763A (en) 2009-03-27 2012-09-20 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション RNA interference-mediated inhibition of signal transduction transcription factor 1 (STAT1) gene expression using small interfering nucleic acids (siNA)
WO2010111490A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE THYMIC STROMAL LYMPHOPOIETIN (TSLP) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
EP2411516A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2012-02-01 Merck Sharp&Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF APOPTOSIS SIGNAL-REGULATING KINASE 1 (ASK1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
CA2756069A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Rna interference mediated inhibition of the intercellular adhesion molecule 1 (icam-1)gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
WO2010111468A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE NERVE GROWTH FACTOR BETA CHAIN (NGFß) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (SINA)
US8399436B2 (en) 2009-04-24 2013-03-19 Glaxo Group Limited N-pyrazolyl carboxamides as CRAC channel inhibitors
US20120035237A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2012-02-09 Diane Mary Coe Pyrazole and triazole carboxamides as crac chann el inhibitors
DK2899191T3 (en) 2009-04-30 2017-11-13 Glaxo Group Ltd OXAZOLE-SUBSTITUTED INDAZOLES AS PI3-KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2011067366A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
WO2011067364A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
JP2013512879A (en) 2009-12-03 2013-04-18 グラクソ グループ リミテッド Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinase
EP2512438B1 (en) 2009-12-16 2017-01-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations and methods for controlling mdi particle size delivery
WO2011110575A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Glaxo Group Limited Derivatives of 2-[2-(benzo- or pyrido-) thiazolylamino]-6-aminopyridine, useful in the treatment of respiratoric, allergic or inflammatory diseases
GB201007203D0 (en) 2010-04-29 2010-06-16 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
WO2012018668A1 (en) 2010-08-05 2012-02-09 Amgen Inc. Benzimidazole and azabenzimidazole compounds that inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase
JP5876051B2 (en) 2010-09-08 2016-03-02 グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、ディベロップメント、リミテッドGlaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
PL2614058T3 (en) 2010-09-08 2015-12-31 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd POLYMORPHS AND SALTS OF N-[5-[4-(5-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-DIMETHYL-4-MORPHOLINYL]METHYL}-& xA;1,3-OXAZOL-2-YL)-1H-INDAZOL-6-YL]-2-(METHYLOXY)-3-PYRIDINYL]METHANESULFONAMIDE
WO2012035055A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2012052459A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, inflammatory and immune disorders
EP2630126B1 (en) 2010-10-21 2015-01-07 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, immune and inflammatory conditions
GB201018124D0 (en) 2010-10-27 2010-12-08 Glaxo Group Ltd Polymorphs and salts
EP2683716A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2014-01-15 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine derivatives as syk inhibitors
GB201104153D0 (en) 2011-03-11 2011-04-27 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
CN103058949A (en) * 2011-10-18 2013-04-24 华东理工大学 Thiazole derivative acting as DHODH inhibitor and its application
TWI644899B (en) 2013-02-04 2018-12-21 健生藥品公司 Flap modulators
JP6424173B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2018-11-14 ヤンセン ファーマシューティカ エヌ.ベー. FLAP regulator
US8652527B1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-02-18 Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc Extended-release topiramate capsules
US9101545B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-08-11 Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc. Extended-release topiramate capsules
WO2015002915A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyri do-carboxam i d e derivatives as rock inhibitors
ES2634628T3 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-09-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic derivatives of pyrido-carboxamide as ROCK inhibitors
EP3046563B1 (en) 2013-09-22 2019-05-29 Calitor Sciences, LLC Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds as pi3-kinase inhibitors
AU2014336250A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-04-14 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited PI3K inhibitor for treatment of respiratory disease
RU2016112266A (en) 2013-10-17 2017-11-20 Глаксосмитклайн Интеллекчуал Проперти Дивелопмент Лимитед PI3K inhibitor for the treatment of respiratory disease
EP3122730B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2020-03-25 Calitor Sciences, LLC Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
EA201692111A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2017-08-31 Глаксосмитклайн Интеллекчуал Проперти (№ 2) Лимитед PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING DANIRYXIN FOR TREATING INFECTIOUS DISEASES
EP3206692B1 (en) 2014-10-15 2024-04-03 Corcept Therapeutics Incorporated Fatty liver disease treatment using glucocorticoid and mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists
US9938257B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2018-04-10 Calitor Sciences, Llc Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
GB201602527D0 (en) 2016-02-12 2016-03-30 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Chemical compounds
DK3484528T3 (en) 2016-07-18 2021-02-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv ROPE PET IMAGE FORMATION LIGANDER
WO2018029126A1 (en) 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Chemical compounds
GB201706102D0 (en) 2017-04-18 2017-05-31 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Chemical compounds
GB201712081D0 (en) 2017-07-27 2017-09-13 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Chemical compounds
EP3710006A4 (en) 2017-11-19 2021-09-01 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2019143874A1 (en) 2018-01-20 2019-07-25 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
JP2023519585A (en) 2020-03-26 2023-05-11 グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、ディベロップメント、リミテッド Cathepsin inhibitors to prevent or treat viral infections
CN112336719A (en) * 2020-10-19 2021-02-09 济南大学 Thiazole derivative as alpha-glucosidase inhibitor and application thereof
CN115974723A (en) * 2022-12-27 2023-04-18 中国药科大学 Carboxamide ethylene anthracenes compound, pharmaceutical composition containing same and application thereof

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4786646A (en) * 1987-07-10 1988-11-22 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Cyclopropylpropenamides
US5055468A (en) * 1989-10-30 1991-10-08 G. D. Searle & Co. Use of bridged tricyclic amine derivatives as anti-ischemic agents
US5332820A (en) * 1991-05-20 1994-07-26 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Dibenzobicyclo(2.2.2) octane angiotensin II antagonists
US5409932A (en) * 1993-12-09 1995-04-25 Bayer Ag Piperazine-substituted pyrroloanthracenes
US5411960A (en) * 1993-12-09 1995-05-02 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyrroloanthracenes and -diones
US5514683A (en) * 1992-02-20 1996-05-07 James Black Foundation Limited Bicyclo 2,2,2!octane derivatives
US5616780A (en) * 1995-02-08 1997-04-01 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Bisphenol ester derivatives
US6214915B1 (en) * 1998-12-10 2001-04-10 General Electric Company Stabilized thermoplastic compositions
US6262059B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2001-07-17 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method of treating a patient having precancerous lesions with quinazoline derivatives
US6995181B2 (en) * 2002-07-18 2006-02-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NL123295C (en) * 1963-10-21
FR1451562A (en) * 1965-07-23 1966-01-07 Soc Ind Fab Antibiotiques Sifa Novel alkylenediamines derived from 9-ethanoanthracene and their salts, and method of preparation
ES2078922T3 (en) 1989-06-29 1996-01-01 Searle & Co DERIVATIVES OF NITROGENATED DIETARY CYTLOHETEROETHANE ANTHRACENE USEFUL AS ANTIPSYCHOTIC AGENTS.
GB9316722D0 (en) * 1993-08-12 1993-09-29 Black James Foundation Bicyclo (2.2.2)octane derivatives
WO1993016982A1 (en) 1992-02-20 1993-09-02 James Black Foundation Limited Bicyclo[2.2.2.]octane derivatives as cholestocystokinin inhibitors
AU4348993A (en) 1992-06-19 1994-01-24 James Black Foundation Limited Bicyclooctane and bicycloheptane derivatives
US5461054A (en) 1993-12-09 1995-10-24 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Anthracene-spiro-pyrrolindines
DE19742014A1 (en) * 1997-09-24 1999-03-25 Roche Diagnostics Gmbh Use of new and known tetracyclene compounds as phospholipase inhibitors
DE60113032T2 (en) * 2000-10-30 2006-07-06 Pfizer Products Inc., Groton Glucocorticoid receptor modulators

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4786646A (en) * 1987-07-10 1988-11-22 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Cyclopropylpropenamides
US5055468A (en) * 1989-10-30 1991-10-08 G. D. Searle & Co. Use of bridged tricyclic amine derivatives as anti-ischemic agents
US5332820A (en) * 1991-05-20 1994-07-26 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Dibenzobicyclo(2.2.2) octane angiotensin II antagonists
US5514683A (en) * 1992-02-20 1996-05-07 James Black Foundation Limited Bicyclo 2,2,2!octane derivatives
US5409932A (en) * 1993-12-09 1995-04-25 Bayer Ag Piperazine-substituted pyrroloanthracenes
US5411960A (en) * 1993-12-09 1995-05-02 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyrroloanthracenes and -diones
US5616780A (en) * 1995-02-08 1997-04-01 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Bisphenol ester derivatives
US6262059B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2001-07-17 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method of treating a patient having precancerous lesions with quinazoline derivatives
US6214915B1 (en) * 1998-12-10 2001-04-10 General Electric Company Stabilized thermoplastic compositions
US6995181B2 (en) * 2002-07-18 2006-02-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070270453A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2007-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company TRICYCLIC MODULATORS OF THE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR, AP-1, AND/OR NF-kB ACTIVITY AND USE THEREOF
US7273881B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2007-09-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US20050182110A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Yang Bingwei V. Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kappabeta activity and use thereof
US20050182083A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Weinstein David S. Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050182082A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-18 Jingwu Duan Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050187242A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-25 Weinstein David S. Tricyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US20050176749A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-11 Yang Bingwei V. Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kB activity and use thereof
US7253283B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2007-08-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7625921B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US20050176716A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2005-08-11 Jingwu Duan Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-kappaB activity and use thereof
US7326728B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2008-02-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κβ activity and use thereof
US7544808B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-06-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7569689B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-08-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7605264B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-10-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US20060293320A1 (en) * 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Heteroaryl derivatives for treating viruses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PL375442A1 (en) 2005-11-28
AU2003251970A8 (en) 2004-02-09
US6995181B2 (en) 2006-02-07
WO2004009017A2 (en) 2004-01-29
WO2004009017A3 (en) 2004-07-08
AU2003251970A1 (en) 2004-02-09
IS7645A (en) 2005-01-12
NO20050074L (en) 2005-03-09
EP1534273A2 (en) 2005-06-01
JP2006508042A (en) 2006-03-09
EP1534273A4 (en) 2007-08-22
US20040132758A1 (en) 2004-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6995181B2 (en) Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor and method
US7569689B2 (en) Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7326728B2 (en) Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κβ activity and use thereof
US7411071B2 (en) Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
EP1896434B1 (en) SUBSTITUTED HETEROARYL AMIDE MODULATORS OF GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR, AP-1, AND/OR NFkB ACTIVITY AND USE THEREOF
US7625921B2 (en) Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7605264B2 (en) Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7317024B2 (en) Heterocyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7544808B2 (en) Tricyclic modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US7273881B2 (en) Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US8013004B2 (en) Modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION